1 English Vocabulary In Use Elementary Cambridge - Third Edition

•
ESTÁCIO

amarallodaz 11/10/2024
Prévia do material em texto
<p>University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, United Kingdom</p><p>One Liberty Plaza, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10006, USA</p><p>477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia</p><p>4843/24, 2nd Floor, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, Delhi – 110002, India</p><p>79 Anson Road, #06–04/06, Singapore 079906</p><p>Cambridge University Press is part of the University of Cambridge.</p><p>It furthers the University’s mission by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of</p><p>education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.</p><p>www.cambridge.org</p><p>Information on this title: www.cambridge.org/elt</p><p>© Cambridge University Press 2017</p><p>This publication is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception</p><p>and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements,</p><p>no reproduction of any part may take place without the written</p><p>permission of Cambridge University Press.</p><p>First published 2005</p><p>Third Edition 2017</p><p>A catalogue record for this publication is available from the British Library</p><p>ISBN 978-1-316-63152-2 Edition with answers and ebook</p><p>ISBN 978-1-316-63153-9 Edition with answers</p><p>ISBN 978-1-316-631546 ebook</p><p>Cambridge University Press has no responsibility for the persistence or accuracy</p><p>of URLs for external or third-party internet websites referred to in this publication,</p><p>and does not guarantee that any content on such websites is, or will remain,</p><p>accurate or appropriate. Information regarding prices, travel timetables, and other</p><p>factual information given in this work is correct at the time of first printing but</p><p>Cambridge University Press does not guarantee the accuracy of such information</p><p>thereafter.</p><p>http://www.cambridge.org/</p><p>http://www.cambridge.org/elt</p><p>Contents</p><p>Thanks</p><p>Introduction</p><p>People</p><p>1 The family mother, uncle, relatives</p><p>2 Birth, marriage and death birthday,</p><p>married, die</p><p>3 Parts of the body head, foot,</p><p>shoulder</p><p>4 Clothes hat, shirt, trousers</p><p>5 Describing people tall, dark,</p><p>good-looking</p><p>6 Health and illness headache, heart</p><p>attack, exercise</p><p>7 Feelings love, tired, thirsty</p><p>8 Conversations 1: Greetings and</p><p>wishes Good morning, Happy New</p><p>Year, well done</p><p>9 Conversations 2: Useful words</p><p>and expressions I don’t mind,</p><p>anyway, let’s</p><p>At home</p><p>10 Food and drink rice, tea, vegetables</p><p>11 In the kitchen fridge, glass,</p><p>saucepan</p><p>12 In the bedroom and bathroom</p><p>wardrobe, shampoo, mirror</p><p>13 In the living room bookshelf, lamp,</p><p>remote control</p><p>School and workplace</p><p>14 Jobs secretary, factory, nurse</p><p>15 At school and university biology,</p><p>notebook, pass an exam</p><p>16 Communications address,</p><p>computer, memory stick</p><p>17 Your phone apps, voicemail, text</p><p>Leisure</p><p>18 Holidays package holiday,</p><p>currency, visa</p><p>19 Shops and shopping chemist’s,</p><p>department store, credit card</p><p>20 Online shopping reviews,</p><p>basket, delivery</p><p>21 In a hotel single room, key,</p><p>luggage</p><p>22 Eating out café, menu, fish</p><p>and chips</p><p>23 Sports table tennis, judo,</p><p>volleyball</p><p>24 Cinema western, film star, director</p><p>25 Free time at home gardening,</p><p>listening to CDs, programme</p><p>26 Music and musical instruments</p><p>guitar, jazz, orchestra</p><p>The world</p><p>27 Countries and nationalities Spain,</p><p>Chinese, continent</p><p>28 Weather cold, rain, storm</p><p>29 In the town railway station, bank,</p><p>town hall</p><p>30 In the countryside hill, farm, river</p><p>31 Animals horse, giraffe, pet</p><p>32 Travelling train, map, flight</p><p>33 UK culture fireworks, roast beef,</p><p>Christmas</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 3</p><p>Social issues</p><p>34 Crime murder, prison, guilty</p><p>35 The media TV channel, magazine,</p><p>talk show</p><p>36 Problems at home and work repair,</p><p>untidy, in a bad mood</p><p>37 Global problems hurricane,</p><p>war, strike</p><p>Everyday verbs</p><p>38 Have / had / had have breakfast,</p><p>have time, have a swim</p><p>39 Go / went / gone go away, go</p><p>shopping, go home</p><p>40 Do / did / done do an exercise, do</p><p>your best, do the washing</p><p>41 Make / made / made make coffee,</p><p>make a mistake, make a noise</p><p>42 Come / came / come come in, come</p><p>from, come back</p><p>43 Take / took / taken take the bus,</p><p>take a photo, take an exam</p><p>44 Bring / brought / brought bring</p><p>something here, bring back, take</p><p>45 Get / got / got get tired, get better,</p><p>get married</p><p>46 Phrasal verbs get up, put on,</p><p>turn down</p><p>47 Everyday things watch TV, wash</p><p>clothes, go for a walk</p><p>48 Talking say, tell, ask</p><p>49 Moving walk, drive, fly</p><p>Words and grammar</p><p>50 Conjunctions and connecting words</p><p>because, only, before</p><p>51 Days, months, seasons Monday,</p><p>July, winter</p><p>52 Time words next year, often,</p><p>once a week</p><p>53 Places middle, front, abroad</p><p>54 Manner fast, loud, the right way</p><p>55 Common uncountable nouns</p><p>money, bread, information</p><p>56 Common adjectives: Good and bad</p><p>things nice, awful, lovely</p><p>57 Words and prepositions wait for,</p><p>belong to, good at</p><p>58 Prefixes impossible, ex- wife,</p><p>unsafe</p><p>59 Suffixes swimmer, useless, sunny</p><p>60 Words you may confuse quiet /</p><p>quite, lend / borrow, cook / cooker</p><p>Answer key</p><p>Phonemic symbols</p><p>Index</p><p>Irregular verbs</p><p>How to learn vocabulary</p><p>Acknowledgements</p><p>How to use the ebook</p><p>4 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>█████████</p><p>Thanks</p><p>Sabina Ostrowska wrote two new units for the Third Edition: Unit 17, Your phone, and Unit 20,</p><p>Online shopping. The publishers would like to thank Sabina for her contribution to this</p><p>new edition.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 5</p><p>Introduction</p><p>To the student</p><p>This book will help you learn around 1, 250 new words and phrases. You can use the book</p><p>yourself, without a teacher. You can do the units in any order you like. If you have the edition with</p><p>the ebook, you can listen to the pronunciation of all the new vocabulary, and highlight text. see</p><p>page 171 for more information about the ebook.</p><p>Here is what the pages look like:</p><p>The left-hand page is</p><p>divided into sections.</p><p>The left-hand page presents</p><p>the new vocabulary.</p><p>Diagrams and pictures</p><p>show the meaning.</p><p>Example sentences show</p><p>the words in context.</p><p>Mini-dialogues show how</p><p>people use the words in</p><p>real situations.</p><p>A lot of diff erent exercise</p><p>types are used: gap-fills,</p><p>answering questions,</p><p>matching, etc.</p><p>Common mistakes and</p><p>learning tips are also given</p><p>on the left-hand page.</p><p>The right-hand page</p><p>practises the new</p><p>vocabulary.</p><p>Pictures, tables and</p><p>diagrams give variety to</p><p>the exercises. Over to you tasks give you</p><p>a chance to do more work</p><p>on the topic of the unit.</p><p>The Answer key at the end of the book is for you to check your answers to the exercises aft er you</p><p>do them. The Answer key sometimes has more than one answer. This is because there is oft en</p><p>not just one correct way of saying something. The Answer key also has possible answers for most</p><p>of the exercises which are open-ended, or where you are asked to talk about yourself.</p><p>The Index at the end of the book has all the important words and phrases from the left-hand</p><p>pages. The Index also tells you how to pronounce words. There is a list of phonemic symbols to</p><p>help you understand the pronunciation on page 158.</p><p>It is a good idea to have a dictionary with you when you use the book so you can check the</p><p>meaning of something, or translate a word into your own language. sometimes, you will also</p><p>need a dictionary for the exercises; we tell you when this is so. You also need a vocabulary</p><p>notebook to write down new words. see page 170 for ideas on how to learn and remember</p><p>these new words.</p><p>We hope you like this book. When you have finished all the units in this book, you can go to the next</p><p>bookintheseries,EnglishVocabularyinUse:Pre-intermediateandIntermediate,andafterthat,tothe</p><p>higher levels, English Vocabulary in Use: Upper-intermediate and English Vocabulary in Use: Advanced.</p><p>6 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>To the teacher</p><p>This book can be used in class or as a self-study book. It is intended for learners at A1–A2 levels</p><p>of the Council of Europe scale. It aims to take learners with a very basic level of vocabulary to</p><p>a point where they can use approximately 2,000 words and phrases and teaches them around</p><p>1, 250 new words and phrases. The vocabulary has been chosen for its usefulness in everyday</p><p>situations, and we consulted a written and spoken corpus of present-day English to help us</p><p>decide on the words</p><p>my friends on the phone every evening.</p><p>Sometimes, I just do nothing.</p><p>Grandpa likes to have a sleep after lunch.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>We watch TV [NOT see TV] and we listen to the</p><p>radio [NOT hear or listen the radio].</p><p>56 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>25.1 What are these people doing?</p><p>watching TV.1 She’s 3 He’s a 5 She’s</p><p>2 He’s 4 He’s 6 He’s</p><p>to</p><p>25.2 Fill in the missing verbs.</p><p>listen1 I usually to music on my laptop at home.</p><p>2 I like magazines more than newspapers.</p><p>3 I to my sister on the phone every Sunday.</p><p>4 A lot of people like to a sleep after lunch.</p><p>5 Do you ever friends to dinner?</p><p>6 The children video games every evening.</p><p>7 I want to some music from the Internet this evening.</p><p>8 Did you the programme about Namibia yesterday?</p><p>9 My dad vegetables in his garden.</p><p>10 Shall we a DVD tonight?</p><p>25.3 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 When you have friends round, what do you like to do?</p><p>2 Who comes to stay at your house / flat?</p><p>3 What do you like to read most?</p><p>4 How often do you talk to your friends on the phone?</p><p>5 Do you have a garden? Do you like gardening?</p><p>6 How often do you chat to your friends online?</p><p>7 Do you often download music or films from the Internet?</p><p>8 What is your favourite video game?</p><p>9 When do you use headphones?</p><p>25.4 Interesting or boring? Number these activities from 5 (= very interesting) to 1 (= very boring).</p><p>gardening cooking reading using the Internet watching DVDs</p><p>listening to music doing nothing chatting online</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 57</p><p>26 Music and musical instruments</p><p>A Music, musical and musician</p><p>Music is an uncountable noun. We do not use it in the plural.</p><p>The band played fantastic music for more than two hours</p><p>[NOT fantastic musics].</p><p>Musical is an adjective.</p><p>There is a shop on King Street that sells musical instruments</p><p>[NOT music instruments].</p><p>A musician (noun) is a person.</p><p>My brother is a very good musician. He plays three instruments.</p><p>B Musical instruments</p><p>flute</p><p>piano cello guitar</p><p>drumsviolin trumpet clarinet</p><p>C Playing musical instruments</p><p>Ava plays the clarinet. Her brother plays the drums.</p><p>Krishnan is learning the guitar. His friend, Isabella, has piano lessons.</p><p>Mia is a very good flute-player. She plays in an orchestra. Her friend, Nuria, is a good</p><p>trumpet-player.</p><p>Lucas is an excellent violinist. His sister is a good pianist.</p><p>Can you play a musical instrument?</p><p>D Listening to music</p><p>Charlotte loves classical music. (for example, Beethoven, Mozart) [NOT classic music]</p><p>Harper can’t stand opera [dislikes it very much]. She prefers pop music.</p><p>I like folk music, jazz and rock.</p><p>I often listen to music on the train.</p><p>I downloaded some new songs yesterday. Do you want to hear them?</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>A band means a group of musicians.</p><p>Nuala had a really good band at her 21st birthday party. [NOT ‘a really</p><p>good music band’]</p><p>A concert means an event with music.</p><p>We’re going to a concert tonight. [NOT ‘a music concert’]</p><p>58 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>26.1 Choose the correct word: music, musical or musician.</p><p>music1 What are your favourite types of ?</p><p>2 My brother thinks he’s a good , but he’s very bad!</p><p>3 Can you play a instrument?</p><p>4 I love different types of , for example, jazz, rock and classical.</p><p>5 Which instrument would you like to learn?</p><p>6 Are there any in your family?</p><p>26.2 Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.</p><p>Mason Emily Madison Noah</p><p>Emma Abigail William Ella</p><p>violin1 Madison plays the</p><p>2 plays the cello in an</p><p>3 Noah loves playing the</p><p>4 Emily is having a lesson.</p><p>5 Mason is a very good -player.</p><p>6 Ella plays the every evening.</p><p>7 William the</p><p>8 Emma is learning the . She will be a good flute- one day.</p><p>9 is a violinist.</p><p>10 wants to be a pianist.</p><p>26.3 Choose the correct answer, a, b or c.</p><p>1 I love a) classic b) classical c) classist music. Beethoven is my favourite.</p><p>2 My brother a) can’t stand b) can stand c) can’t stay folk music but I love it.</p><p>3 I have some tickets for a a) concert music b) music concert c) concert at the Town Hall.</p><p>Would you like one?</p><p>4 I always a) listen in b) listen to c) listen music when I’m studying.</p><p>5 My sister plays in a a) music band b) band music c) band with three other girls from her</p><p>school.</p><p>26.4 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 How often do you download music?</p><p>2 Which musical instrument on the opposite page do you like best?</p><p>3 Can you play a musical instrument?</p><p>4 Which musical instrument would you like to learn?</p><p>5 Do you prefer classical music or pop music?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 59</p><p>27 Countries and nationalities</p><p>A Continents and countries</p><p>continent country continent country</p><p>North America Canada Australia Australia</p><p>the USA / the US New Zealand</p><p>South America Argentina Asia China</p><p>Brazil India</p><p>Chile Japan</p><p>Colombia Pakistan</p><p>Peru Thailand</p><p>Europe Germany Africa Egypt</p><p>Italy Morocco</p><p>Poland South Africa</p><p>Spain Tunisia</p><p>the UK Antarctica</p><p>It is not possible to show all the countries of the world on a small page. If your country is not</p><p>included, check its English name with your teacher or on the Internet.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>All the nouns and adjectives for continents, countries and nationalies always</p><p>begin with a capital letter, for example Africa [NOT africa].</p><p>B Nationalities</p><p>notes adjective</p><p>most country adjectives American, Argentinian, Australian, Brazilian, Canadian,</p><p>end in (i)an Colombian, Egyptian, German, Indian, Italian, Moroccan,</p><p>Peruvian, South African, Tunisian</p><p>many country adjectives British, English, Finnish, Irish, Polish, Scottish, Spanish</p><p>end in ish</p><p>a few country adjectives Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese</p><p>end in ese</p><p>exceptions Pakistani, Thai, French</p><p>Tip</p><p>Remember that words for languages are often the same as the ‘people’ adjective,</p><p>e.g. French, Spanish, Japanese and Thai. One exception is Arabic.</p><p>60 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>27.1 Which countries do these letters make?</p><p>1 H I N A C China 4 O C R M O O C</p><p>2 Z I R A L B 5 A N J A P</p><p>3 P I N S A 6 D A L T H I N A</p><p>27.2 Match these capital cities to their countries and make sentences.</p><p>1 Tokyo Tokyo is the capital of Japan.</p><p>2 Rome</p><p>3 Canberra</p><p>4 Bogotá Argentina Australia Colombia</p><p>5 Cairo Egypt Germany Italy Japan</p><p>6 London Poland Spain the UK</p><p>7 Berlin</p><p>8 Warsaw</p><p>9 Buenos Aires</p><p>10 Madrid</p><p>27.3 Which country is different? (Think of the languages they speak there.) Write sentences.</p><p>1 Australia, Canada, England, Iceland In England, Canada and Australia they speak English</p><p>but in Iceland they speak Icelandic.</p><p>2 Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Spain</p><p>3 Austria, Germany, Italy, Switzerland</p><p>4 China, Egypt, Morocco, Saudi Arabia</p><p>5 Canada, France, Scotland, Switzerland</p><p>27.4 What is the adjective for these countries?</p><p>1 Indian Indian 6 Spain</p><p>2 Thailand 7 Peru</p><p>3 Germany 8 China</p><p>4 Egypt 9 Australia</p><p>5 Argentina 10 Poland</p><p>27.5 Write down:</p><p>1 the name of your country.</p><p>2 the names of the countries next to your country.</p><p>3 the name of your language.</p><p>4 the name for people from your country.</p><p>Over to you</p><p>In which continents are these places? Use the Internet to help you.</p><p>Mount Everest Asia</p><p>The Sahara</p><p>The Amazon</p><p>Wagga Wagga</p><p>The Volga</p><p>Mount Kilimanjaro</p><p>The Mississippi</p><p>Mount Fuji</p><p>Lake Titicaca</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 61</p><p>28 Weather</p><p>A Types of weather</p><p>snow</p><p>sun rain cloud</p><p>fog wind thunder lightning</p><p>B Adjectives and verbs</p><p>noun adjective</p><p>sun sunny</p><p>rain rainy</p><p>wind windy</p><p>cloud cloudy</p><p>snow snowy</p><p>fog foggy</p><p>thunder thundery</p><p>lightning -</p><p>C Other useful weather words</p><p>It is very hot in Mexico - it is often 45 degrees there in summer.</p><p>It is very cold in the Arctic - it is often minus 50 degrees there.</p><p>It can be very wet in London - carry an umbrella when you go sightseeing there.</p><p>It is very dry in the Sahara - it doesn’t often rain there.</p><p>A hurricane is a very strong wind.</p><p>A storm is when there is a strong wind and rain together.</p><p>A thunderstorm is when there is thunder, lightning, rain and sometimes wind together.</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>It’s a sunny day in Tokyo today, but it’s cloudy in Hong Kong.</p><p>It’s foggy in Sydney and it’s snowing / it’s snowy in Moscow.</p><p>It’s raining in Barcelona but the sun is</p><p>shining in Granada.</p><p>Common mistakesIt’s a lovely day.</p><p>It’s a horrible day, isn’t it! We say It’s windy / cloudy / foggy /</p><p>sunny [NOT It’s winding / clouding /What’s the weather like in your</p><p>fogging / sunning].country in June?</p><p>It’s usually warm and sunny.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Watch the weather forecast in English on TV or</p><p>online as often as you can.</p><p>62 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>28.1 Match the words and the symbols.</p><p>1 snow 2 sun 3 rain 4 fog 5 lightning 6 wind 7 cloud</p><p>a b c d</p><p>e f g</p><p>28.2 Look at the chart. Write sentences about the cities in the chart.</p><p>sunny in Hanoi.Hanoi 1 It is</p><p>raining in Hong Kong.Hong Kong 2 It is</p><p>La Paz 3 It is</p><p>Paris 4 It</p><p>Tashkent 5</p><p>Seoul 6</p><p>Washington 7</p><p>28.3 Complete these sentences with a word from the opposite page.</p><p>shone1 The sun every day last month.</p><p>2 When it , I take my umbrella.</p><p>3 What’s the like in your country in January?</p><p>4 When it , we can go skiing.</p><p>5 You see before you hear thunder.</p><p>6 It is 24 here today.</p><p>7 It is dangerous to be in a small boat at sea in a</p><p>8 It is very in Siberia in winter.</p><p>28.4 Are these sentences true about the weather in your country? If not, correct them.</p><p>1 It often snows in December. It sometimes snows in December.</p><p>2 It is usually 40 degrees in summer and minus 20 degrees in winter.</p><p>3 There are thunderstorms every day in August.</p><p>4 It is very wet in spring.</p><p>5 We never have hurricanes.</p><p>6 Summer is usually hot and dry.</p><p>28.5 What do you like to do or not like to do in these types of weather?</p><p>1 fog I don’t like to drive. 3 a rainy day 5 a windy day</p><p>2 sunny weather 4 snow</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 63</p><p>29 In the town</p><p>A Places in the town</p><p>Train station / railway station - you can get a train here.</p><p>Bus station - you can get a bus here.</p><p>Shops - you can buy things here. (See Unit 19: Shops and shopping.)</p><p>Shopping centre - area of town with a lot of shops.</p><p>Tourist information office - tourists can get information here.</p><p>Museum - you can see interesting old things here.</p><p>Bank - you can change money here or get money from a cash machine.</p><p>Post office - you can post letters and parcels here.</p><p>Library /ˈlaIbr@ri/ - you can read books and newspapers here.</p><p>Town hall - local government officers work here.</p><p>Car park - you can park your car here.</p><p>Pedestrian area /ˈe@ri@/ - you can only walk here, you can’t come here by car.</p><p>B Notices in towns</p><p>C Asking for and giving directions</p><p>A: Where is the bus station?</p><p>B: Go left here and it’s at the end of</p><p>the road.</p><p>A: How do I get to Market Street?</p><p>B: Take the first right and then the</p><p>second left.</p><p>A: Is there a shopping centre near here?</p><p>B: Yes, turn right here. The entrance is on</p><p>Market Street on the left.</p><p>A: Can I park here?</p><p>B: No, but there’s a car park on Park Street.</p><p>A: Excuse me, I’m looking for the museum.</p><p>B: It’s on Bridge Road. Take the number</p><p>31 bus and get off at the second stop.</p><p>A: Can you tell me the way to the nearest bank, please? I need a cash machine.</p><p>B: No problem. Go left here and there’s one on the other side of the road.</p><p>64 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>29.1 Answer the questions.</p><p>1 Where can I get a bus to London? at the bus station</p><p>2 Where can I get information about hotels?</p><p>3 Where can I change money?</p><p>4 Where can I park my car?</p><p>5 Where can I see old and interesting things?</p><p>6 Where can I get a train?</p><p>7 Where can I go to a lot of different shops?</p><p>8 Where can I go to post a parcel?</p><p>29.2 Which notice from B opposite will help you?</p><p>1 The cash machine doesn’t give you any money. Out of order</p><p>2 You are in the shopping centre and you want to leave.</p><p>3 You want to sit in a place where there are no cigarettes.</p><p>4 You want to know if people can go on the grass.</p><p>5 You want to go into the museum.</p><p>29.3 Complete these sentences.</p><p>end1 Turn right at the of the road.</p><p>2 The bus is over there the left.</p><p>3 For the Town Hall the number 14 bus.</p><p>4 is a post office on the other of the road.</p><p>5 You can find a cash at the bank in High Street.</p><p>6 We can get a map of the town at the tourist office.</p><p>7 Can you tell me the to the railway , please?</p><p>8 me. I’m looking a car park.</p><p>29.4 What words are these?</p><p>1 sumuem museum 6 dtaeepsrin raae</p><p>2 nowt hlal 7 scah enicmah</p><p>3 brilyra 8 tsop ffcoie</p><p>4 rac prak 9 phoss</p><p>5 ywrlaai nttoisa 10 sub post</p><p>29.5 Look at the map in C opposite. How do you get from the tourist information office to the</p><p>shopping centre? Write directions.</p><p>29.6 Does your town have these places? Where are they? Write sentences.</p><p>1 a train station There’s a train station. It’s at the end of Station Road.</p><p>2 a bus station 5 a town hall 8 a museum</p><p>3 a shopping centre 6 a pedestrian area 9 a post office</p><p>4 a library 7 a tourist information office</p><p>Tip</p><p>Keep a notebook in your pocket. Many towns in different countries have notices in English to help</p><p>tourists. Write down any English words and expressions that you see in your town.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 65</p><p>30 In the countryside</p><p>The countryside and the country both mean ‘not the city’. Country can also mean a nation</p><p>(e.g. France, China).</p><p>A Things we can see in the countryside</p><p>mountains</p><p>forest hills</p><p>village</p><p>wood</p><p>lake</p><p>fields path river farm</p><p>country road</p><p>Living and working in the countrysideB</p><p>In the countryside, people usually live in a small town (e.g. 6,000 people) or village /vɪlɪdʒ/</p><p>(e.g. 700 people).</p><p>A farmer lives on a farm and works in the fields.</p><p>My friend lives in a cottage /ˈkɒtɪdʒ/ [small house in a village or the countryside].</p><p>Nature /ˈneɪtʃə/ and conservation /kɒnsəˈveɪʃən/C</p><p>Nature means ‘everything in the natural world’. (= animals, birds, plants, etc.)</p><p>There is wonderful wildlife in the north of the country. [animals, birds, fish and insects]</p><p>Near the village there is a conservation area [place where wildlife and nature are protected].</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>I love nature [NOT I love the nature]. I like walking in the countryside [NOT I like walking in the nature].</p><p>‘Nature’ is not a place.</p><p>In the south of the country, there is a national park [very big national conservation area].</p><p>wildlife</p><p>D Things to do in the countryside</p><p>You can take food and drink and have a picnic.</p><p>You can go walking / skiing in the mountains.</p><p>66 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>30.1 Cover the opposite page. How many names of things in the countryside can you remember?</p><p>1 mountains</p><p>3 42 5</p><p>11</p><p>610 9 8 7</p><p>30.2 Fill the gaps in these sentences.</p><p>farm1 My brother is a farmer. He lives on a</p><p>2 It’s not a big house; it’s just a</p><p>3 The farm is near a which has 800 people.</p><p>4 Twenty kilometres from the village there is a small . It has 9,000 people.</p><p>30.3 Match the beginning of the sentences on the left with the ends of the sentences on the right.</p><p>1 We went swimming a sitting by the river.</p><p>2 We went walking b in the national park.</p><p>3 We went skiing c in the lake. The water was warm.</p><p>4 We saw some wonderful wildlife d along a five-kilometre path.</p><p>5 We had a picnic e down the mountain.</p><p>30.4 Put the in the sentences if necessary.</p><p>the1 My parents live in countryside.</p><p>2 He loves nature.</p><p>3 She wants to live in country.</p><p>4 They are interested in wildlife.</p><p>30.5 Describe the typical countryside where you come from. Write eight sentences about it.</p><p>Use these questions to help you.</p><p>1 Are there any woods or forests? There are some big forests.</p><p>2 Are there any hills or mountains?</p><p>3 Are there any lakes or rivers?</p><p>4 Are there many villages or small towns?</p><p>5 Are there farms?</p><p>6 Are there paths where you can walk?</p><p>7 Can you go skiing?</p><p>8 Can you see wildlife?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 67</p><p>31 Animals</p><p>A Farm animals pig</p><p>cow</p><p>horse</p><p>sheep goat</p><p>chicken / hen</p><p>animal produce baby</p><p>horse hair, meat foal</p><p>cow milk, leather, meat (beef) calf</p><p>sheep wool, meat (lamb) lamb</p><p>pig meat (pork, bacon, ham) piglet</p><p>chicken / hen eggs, meat (chicken) chick</p><p>goat milk, meat kid</p><p>B Wild or zoo animals</p><p>monkey giraffetiger</p><p>snake</p><p>elephant lion</p><p>C Pets</p><p>These animals are often pets.</p><p>tortoise</p><p>fish</p><p>rabbit</p><p>dogparrotcat</p><p>A parrot is a bird.</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>Take your dog for a walk every day.</p><p>You must feed your animals and give</p><p>them water every day.</p><p>Do you have any pets?</p><p>68 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>31.1 Complete these sentences.</p><p>tortoise1 A goes to sleep in winter.</p><p>2 A has a very long neck.</p><p>3 and are birds.</p><p>4 and are large cats.</p><p>5 You can ride a and an</p><p>6 swim and fly.</p><p>7 are farm birds.</p><p>8 are very good at hopping and jumping.</p><p>9 Don’t forget to the cat and to it some water.</p><p>10 I my dog for a walk every day before school.</p><p>31.2 Match the animal with its meat and with its baby.</p><p>animal meat baby</p><p>goat lamb calf</p><p>sheep chicken piglet</p><p>cow pork lamb</p><p>hen beef kid</p><p>pig goat chick</p><p>31.3 Look at the animals opposite. Find three animals which:</p><p>lions,1 eat meat.</p><p>2 give us things that we wear.</p><p>3 produce their babies in eggs.</p><p>4 we can eat.</p><p>31.4 Look at the pictures and complete the crossword.</p><p>1 Across Downp</p><p>2 3 4 3 1</p><p>a</p><p>5 r</p><p>6 7 r 2</p><p>6o</p><p>8 9 t</p><p>47</p><p>5</p><p>8</p><p>9</p><p>31.5 There are 18 different animals in the pictures on the opposite page. Close the book.</p><p>How many of these animals can you remember?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 69</p><p>32 Travelling</p><p>A Types of transport</p><p>train bus bicycle / bike taxi</p><p>car helicopter(aero)plane</p><p>motorbike / motorcycle underground boat ship</p><p>B Useful travel words</p><p>map timetable customs luggage passport</p><p>Can I have a single / return (ticket) to Barcelona, please?</p><p>(single = Madrid to Barcelona; return = Madrid to Barcelona and back to Madrid)</p><p>I’d like to book / reserve a seat in advance [to make sure you have a seat].</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Was the journey long? [NOT Was the travel long?]</p><p>C By train</p><p>The train arriving at platform 3 is the 16:50 train to Paris.</p><p>The Edinburgh train departs / leaves from platform 6. (departs is formal)</p><p>Is there a restaurant car on this train?</p><p>A: Do I have to change trains for Toulouse? [get off one train and get onto another]</p><p>B: No, it’s a direct train.</p><p>D By plane</p><p>You have to check in two hours before the plane takes off [leaves the ground].</p><p>Online check-in is also possible. / You can check in online.</p><p>Common mistakesGive your boarding card to the flight attendant when you</p><p>get on the plane.</p><p>I went through customs but nobodyHave a good flight.</p><p>checked my passport [NOT controlledThe plane lands in New York at 14:30.</p><p>my passport].After landing you have to go through customs.</p><p>E By car</p><p>We hired a car for a week. We had to fill it up with petrol.</p><p>Can I give you a lift? I’m going into town.</p><p>(See Unit 18: Holidays and Unit 49: Moving for more useful words about travelling.)</p><p>70 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>32.1 Match the words on the left with their definitions on the right.</p><p>1 land a a place to eat on a train</p><p>2 direct b bags and suitcases</p><p>3 restaurant car c it says when trains depart and arrive</p><p>4 ship d you do not have to change to a different plane / train / bus</p><p>5 timetable e planes do this at airports</p><p>6 platform f it travels on water, e.g. the Titanic</p><p>7 luggage g where you stand when you are waiting for a train</p><p>32.2 Are these sentences true or false? Correct the false sentences.</p><p>1 A single ticket takes you to a place and back again. False. A return ticket takes you to a</p><p>place and back again.</p><p>2 At customs, people check what you bring into the country.</p><p>3 Planes land at the beginning of a journey.</p><p>4 You need a boarding card to get off a plane.</p><p>5 Hiring a car is the same as buying a car.</p><p>6 If you give someone a lift they travel in your car.</p><p>32.3 Here are directions from the airport to John’s house.</p><p>When you arrive at the airport, take a number 10 bus to the station. Then take a train to Bigtown. The journey takes half</p><p>an hour and you get off the train at the second stop. Take a taxi from the station to John’s house.</p><p>Now write directions from the train station to your house.</p><p>32.4 Look at the pictures and complete the crossword.</p><p>Across Down</p><p>3 1</p><p>1 2 3 4t</p><p>i</p><p>56 2 m</p><p>6 e</p><p>t</p><p>7 3 a</p><p>7 b</p><p>l</p><p>8 4</p><p>8 e</p><p>5</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Make cards to test yourself. Write the word on one side of the card and a picture (or a definition or</p><p>translation) on the other side. Look at the pictures (or definitions or translations). Can you remember</p><p>the English words?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 71</p><p>33 UK culture</p><p>A Special days</p><p>festival date what people do</p><p>Christmas 25th December send Christmas cards, give presents, spend time with their</p><p>families, decorate a Christmas tree, eat a lot</p><p>New Year’s Eve / 31st December sing and dance, toast the New Year</p><p>Hogmanay (Scotland)</p><p>New Year’s Day 1st January a bank holiday [day when most organisations are closed]</p><p>Valentine’s Day 14th February send cards to boyfriend / girlfriend / husband / wife</p><p>Easter dates vary give children Easter eggs [chocolate eggs]</p><p>Halloween 31st October children dress up, children knock at doors and ask for sweets</p><p>Bonfire Night 5th November have a bonfire and fireworks</p><p>B Food</p><p>Traditional UK food is fish and chips and roast beef and roast potatoes [cooked in</p><p>the oven] with Yorkshire pudding [dish made of flour, milk and eggs].</p><p>Chicken tikka masala [a kind of curry] comes from India, but is very popular in the UK.</p><p>C Education</p><p>type of school what it is</p><p>nursery school for children aged 2-4</p><p>primary school for children aged 5-11</p><p>secondary school for children aged 12-18</p><p>state school parents don’t pay for children to go here</p><p>private school parents pay for children to go here</p><p>D Politics</p><p>The UK has a royal family, with a king</p><p>or a queen.</p><p>Political decisions are made at the</p><p>Houses of Parliament.</p><p>The Prime Minister is the political</p><p>leader of the UK.</p><p>72 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>33.1 Which festivals do these pictures show?</p><p>Halloween1 3 5</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>33.2 Look at the pictures. Find 10 more words connected with food in the puzzle.</p><p>C H I C K E N F D K N</p><p>R Y O R K S H I R E P</p><p>O C V O M T R S M V U</p><p>A Q E W A A T H X L D</p><p>S M V C S H G E Q L D</p><p>T P O T A T O E S C I</p><p>D F G B L B K U V U N</p><p>X Z O E A P I V Z R G</p><p>A N D E C H I P S R B</p><p>C W Q F T I K K A Y J</p><p>33.3 Answer these questions about traditional UK food.</p><p>1 What do British people traditionally eat with fish? chips</p><p>2 Where does chicken tikka masala come from?</p><p>3 What is chicken tikka masala a kind of?</p><p>4 Do British people eat Yorkshire pudding after their main course?</p><p>5 In or on which part of the cooker do you make roast beef and roast potatoes?</p><p>33.4 Which kind of school do these British children go to?</p><p>1 Lily is seven. Her parents pay for her to go to school. a private primary school</p><p>2 Gabriel is 14. His school is free.</p><p>3 James and Ellie are three.</p><p>4 Mehmet is ten. His parents don’t pay for him to go to school.</p><p>5 Nick is 16. His parents pay for him to go to school.</p><p>Tip33.5 Answer these questions about politics in</p><p>the UK. Learn about UK life by using the BBC Learning</p><p>1 Who is Prime Minister at the moment? English website which has up-to-date articles</p><p>2 Where does the Prime Minister work? and news stories: http://www.bbc.co.uk/</p><p>3 Who is head of the royal family at learningenglish/</p><p>the moment?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 73</p><p>http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/</p><p>http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/</p><p>34 Crime</p><p>A Crimes and criminals</p><p>crime robbery murder /ˈmɜːdə/ burglary mugging [attacking</p><p>/ˈbɜːgləri/ a person in a public</p><p>place and stealing their</p><p>money]</p><p>person a robber a murderer a burglar a mugger</p><p>verb to robsomebody or to murder to break into a to mug somebody</p><p>a place (e.g. a bank) somebody house / flat</p><p>(break / broke /</p><p>broken)</p><p>crime car theft drug dealing terrorism shoplifting</p><p>person a car thief /θiːf/ a drug dealer a terrorist a shoplifter</p><p>verb to steal a car (steal / to sell drugs to attack somebody or to steal things from</p><p>stole / stolen) (sell / sold / sold) a place a shop</p><p>There was a burglary at the school last night. Common mistakes</p><p>John West murdered his wife.</p><p>There are a lot of muggings in the city centre. A thief steals something (steal / stole / stolen).</p><p>Somebody stole my bicycle. [NOT SomebodyThe bank was robbed yesterday. My sister was</p><p>robbed my bicycle.]robbed last week.</p><p>I was robbed last night. [NOT I was stolen.]</p><p>B The law /lɔː/</p><p>A student was arrested for shoplifting this morning.</p><p>The police came to the school and spoke to his teacher.</p><p>The student has to go to court next week.</p><p>If he is guilty he will have to pay a fine. /ˈgɪlti/</p><p>If he is innocent he can go home. /ˈɪnəsənt/</p><p>I don’t think he will go to prison.</p><p>C Other crime problems</p><p>Some vandals broke the windows in the telephone box.</p><p>[A vandal breaks and smashes things.]</p><p>We have a lot of vandalism in my town.</p><p>A lot of people take drugs nowadays.</p><p>Is football hooliganism a problem in your country? /ˈhuːlɪgənɪzm/</p><p>[A football hooligan is a person who goes to a football match and makes trouble.]</p><p>74 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>34.1 What do we call someone …</p><p>1 who steals cars? a car thief</p><p>2 who kills someone?</p><p>3 who steals things from shops?</p><p>4 who robs people’s houses and flats?</p><p>5 who attacks someone in the street and steals their money?</p><p>6 who sells illegal drugs?</p><p>34.2 Fill the gaps in these sentences.</p><p>ooligans1 There were a lot of football h near the stadium.</p><p>2 The police officer arr her for shoplifting.</p><p>3 Some van destroyed all the flowers in the park.</p><p>4 He had to pay a fi of £50 for parking his car in the wrong place.</p><p>5 There are a lot of bur in this part of the city, so always close the windows.</p><p>6 The police made a mistake; she was inn . She did not steal the money.</p><p>7 A group of terr have attacked the airport.</p><p>8 He murdered his wife. He was in pr for 20 years.</p><p>34.3 True or false?</p><p>1 A burglar goes into someone’s house and steals things. True</p><p>2 Vandals take people’s money.</p><p>3 A murderer kills someone.</p><p>4 A car thief is someone who drives very badly or dangerously.</p><p>5 If you are guilty it means you are the person who did the crime.</p><p>34.4 Choose the right word to complete each sentence.</p><p>1 My brother was robbed / stolen yesterday.</p><p>2 Someone robbed / stole my bike last night.</p><p>3 My local bank has been robbed / stolen.</p><p>4 Who has robbed / stolen my pen?</p><p>5 Someone robbed / stole our TV when we were on holiday.</p><p>6 Where were you when your keys were robbed / stolen?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Give your opinion. What do you think should happen to these people?</p><p>1 A man murdered his wife and three children. He should go to prison for 30 years.</p><p>2 A student with no money stole a book from a bookshop.</p><p>3 A woman sold some drugs to a teenager.</p><p>4 Some terrorists attacked a bus and killed five people.</p><p>5 A woman parked her car and blocked the traffic.</p><p>6 A teenager damaged some trees in the park.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 75</p><p>35 The media</p><p>A Radio and TV programmes</p><p>The news is on TV at 6 o’clock every night. [important things that happen]</p><p>Do you watch soaps / soap operas? Home and Away is my favourite. [Soaps are stories about people’s</p><p>lives. They are often on TV every day.]</p><p>I like nature programmes best. [programmes about animals, birds, etc.]</p><p>I watched a documentary last night about drugs and crime. [programme looking at a social problem</p><p>or question]</p><p>In talk shows, people talk about themselves or discuss topics with an interviewer.</p><p>The children watch cartoons on Saturday mornings. (For example, Disney films with animals that</p><p>talk. See Unit 24: Cinema.)</p><p>My brother likes watching reality TV [programmes that film real people living their lives, not actors].</p><p>I always watch sports programmes.</p><p>B Newspapers and magazines</p><p>In most countries there are morning (news)papers</p><p>and evening (news)papers.</p><p>Every month, I buy a magazine.</p><p>My mother buys women’s magazines.</p><p>I like news magazines like Newsweek and Time.</p><p>In most magazines and newspapers there are lots of</p><p>adverts / advertisements [something that tries to persuade</p><p>people to buy something].</p><p>Other types of magazines: sports magazines / computer magazines / teenage magazines. (See</p><p>Unit 25: Free time at home.)</p><p>C People and the media</p><p>There was an interview with the US President on</p><p>TV last night.</p><p>The reporters are outside the film star’s house.</p><p>[people who go out and get the news stories</p><p>where they happen]</p><p>My sister is a journalist; she writes for The Oxford</p><p>Times newspaper. [person who writes articles]</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>You can read newspapers or watch TV online.</p><p>What’s your favourite TV programme?</p><p>What’s on TV tonight?</p><p>Is it OK if I change the channel?</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>The news is on now. [NOT The news are on now.]</p><p>76 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>35.1 Fill the gaps in these sentences.</p><p>programme1 Ten million people watch this every week. It’s very popular.</p><p>2 The news on channel 3 at 9 o’clock every night.</p><p>3 There was a about traffic problems in cities on TV last night.</p><p>4 I saw a programme about birds in Antarctica.</p><p>5 My sister is 13; she reads a magazine every week. She likes the stories about boys.</p><p>6 With my mobile I can read the sports news</p><p>7 I’d like to watch the news now. Is it OK if I the channel?</p><p>8 Did you see the with the Prime Minister last night?</p><p>35.2 Match the left-hand column with the type of programme on the right.</p><p>1 Talking about family problems a International news</p><p>2 Film of elephants in Africa b Sports programme</p><p>3 Football cup final c Reality TV programme</p><p>4 Reports from all over the world d Soap (opera)</p><p>5 Maria decides not to marry Philip e Nature programme</p><p>6 Ten people in a house - they cannot f Talk show</p><p>leave or talk to anyone outside</p><p>35.3 What do you call …</p><p>1 a person who goes out and gets stories for newspapers? a reporter</p><p>2 a person who writes articles in newspapers and magazines?</p><p>3 a newspaper you can buy every day after about 5 pm?</p><p>4 a programme with stories made from lots of pictures?</p><p>5 a programme on TV about animals, birds, etc?</p><p>6 something in a magazine or on TV that tries to sell something?</p><p>7 something like CNN or Sky Sports?</p><p>8 a meeting when a reporter asks a person questions for TV or a newspaper?</p><p>35.4 Answer these questions for yourself.</p><p>1 Do you read a morning or an evening newspaper?</p><p>2 Do you read newspapers online?</p><p>3 What kinds of magazine do you read?</p><p>4 What will you watch on TV tonight?</p><p>5 What is your favourite TV channel?</p><p>6 How many hours of TV do you watch every day?</p><p>7 What are your favourite kinds of TV programmes?</p><p>8 Do you ever watch TV online?</p><p>9 Do you like watching adverts on TV?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Go to www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish Listen to programmes and download podcasts that interest you.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 77</p><p>http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/</p><p>36 Problems at home and work</p><p>A At home The washing machine is broken. We need to mend it.</p><p>The TV isn’t working. Can you repair it?</p><p>The plants are dying.</p><p>Did you forget to water them?</p><p>The room is untidy. We must tidy it.</p><p>I’ve lost my keys. Will you help me look for them?</p><p>You’ve cut your finger.</p><p>You should put on a plaster.</p><p>You’ve had a row /raU/ with a friend. Will you apologise [say ‘I’m sorry’]?</p><p>B At work</p><p>Chloe had a bad day at work yesterday. She was late for work.</p><p>She had too much work to do.</p><p>Her colleague was in a bad mood.</p><p>Her computer crashed.</p><p>The photocopier was out of order.</p><p>The coffee machine wasn’t working.</p><p>Tip</p><p>When you need to make a list of things to do,</p><p>make it in English, e.g.</p><p>Mend my bike Water the plants</p><p>Tidy my desk</p><p>78 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>36.1 Look at the pictures. What is the problem?</p><p>1 3 5 7</p><p>2 4 6 8</p><p>The phone isn’t working1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8</p><p>36.2 Write down three nouns that can go with these words:</p><p>window / cup / glass1 broken</p><p>2 cut</p><p>3 untidy</p><p>4 late for</p><p>5 a that isn’t working</p><p>6 too much</p><p>36.3 Have you ever had these problems? Number each one 0-3 (0 = never, 1 = once or twice, 2 = quite</p><p>often, 3 = frequently).</p><p>1 a TV that doesn’t work 2 7 a broken washing machine</p><p>2 dying plants 8 an untidy bedroom</p><p>3 a cut finger 9 a row with a friend</p><p>4 being late for work or school 10 your computer crashes</p><p>5 a colleague or friend in a bad mood 11 lost keys</p><p>6 a coffee machine that isn’t working 12 too much work</p><p>36.4 Look at Chloe’s problems in B. What could she do?</p><p>She was late for work - get up earlier</p><p>36.5 Can you think of four problems that you or a friend have had recently? Write them down in</p><p>English. Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 79</p><p>37 Global problems</p><p>A Natural</p><p>disasters</p><p>There was a hurricane / snowstorm / forest fire there last year.</p><p>hurricane: a very strong wind</p><p>snowstorm: a lot of snow and wind at the same time</p><p>forest fire: when it is very dry and trees catch fire</p><p>San Francisco has had a lot of earthquakes [when the earth moves].</p><p>There were serious floods in the north yesterday. [too much water]</p><p>The river often floods after heavy rain. [water goes over the river banks]</p><p>B Man-made problems</p><p>There are too many people in some places. Cities are too crowded.</p><p>Many people are:</p><p>poor: they do not have enough money</p><p>hungry: they do not have enough food</p><p>homeless: they do not have a place to live</p><p>unemployed: they do not have a job</p><p>There is a lot of pollution in many places. [when the air, water or earth is dirty and bad for people, plants</p><p>and animals]</p><p>The river is polluted and a lot of fish have died.</p><p>The air pollution is very bad today.</p><p>The American War of Independence started in 1775 and ended in 1783. [fighting between two or more</p><p>countries or nationalities] It lasted for eight years.</p><p>The teachers are on strike today. [when people refuse to work because, for example, they want</p><p>more money]</p><p>He had a car crash on the way to work.</p><p>The traffic jams in the city are terrible in the rush hour [times when everyone is going to work].</p><p>80 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>37.1 What problems can you see in the pictures?</p><p>strike1 4 7</p><p>2 5 8</p><p>3 6 9</p><p>37.2 Match the words on the left with the 1 air a fire</p><p>words on the right. 2 traffic b people</p><p>3 rush c pollution</p><p>4 forest d quake</p><p>5 crowded e jam</p><p>6 homeless f hour</p><p>7 car g cities</p><p>8 earth h crash</p><p>37.3 Find the words that match these definitions.</p><p>1 a very strong wind a hurricane 5 without work</p><p>2 so many cars on the road that they can’t easily move 6 the time of day when there is most traffic</p><p>3 a street with a large number of people 7 without enough to eat</p><p>4 when two cars hit one another 8 when a lot of trees burn</p><p>37.4 Look at the opposite page and find …</p><p>traffic jam, car crash1 two problems on the roads.</p><p>2 two things that pollute the air.</p><p>3 two problems that can be political.</p><p>4 three problems that are caused by the weather.</p><p>5 four adjectives that can describe people.</p><p>37.5 Fill the gaps with a word from the opposite page. Tip</p><p>pollution1 Cars make air worse in towns.</p><p>Try to listen to or watch2 Their wages were very low so the workers went on</p><p>the news in English3 My great-grandfather died in the First World</p><p>4 Jack had a last year but fortunately no one was hurt. every day.</p><p>5 Japan often has and Siberia often has Make a note of new</p><p>6 When people are they sometimes sleep on the streets. words about global</p><p>7 I hate driving in the city in the problems that you find.</p><p>8 The water is so that people cannot drink it.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 81</p><p>38 Have / had / had</p><p>A What can you have?</p><p>You can ...</p><p>have breakfast lunch dinner a meal</p><p>have a party a meeting a game (of</p><p>football, etc.)</p><p>have a lesson an exam homework</p><p>have a cup of tea / coffee a drink an</p><p>ice cream some cheese</p><p>have a shower /ˈʃaʊə/ a bath a swim</p><p>B Expressions with have</p><p>Is that your camera? Can I have a look [look at it]?</p><p>Is that your bicycle? Can I have a go [ride it]?</p><p>Goodbye! Have a good journey [somebody is</p><p>going away]!</p><p>Do you have a moment [have some time]? Can I have a word with you?</p><p>[speak to you]</p><p>We always have a good time in our English lessons.</p><p>[fun; we enjoy them]</p><p>I’m going to have my hair cut. See you later. Can you meet me at the</p><p>hairdresser’s?</p><p>I want to learn to ski but I don’t have the time.</p><p>Have + got (speaking / informal) = have (writing / formal)C</p><p>I’ve got three sisters. Have you got any brothers and sisters?</p><p>My house is big. It’s got five bedrooms and three bathrooms.</p><p>We’ve got ten minutes before the train goes.</p><p>Have you got a pen?</p><p>(in a shop) A: Do you sell postcards? B: Yes, but we haven’t got any at the moment.</p><p>I’ve got a problem. Can I have a word with you?</p><p>I’ve got a cold / a headache. /ˈhedeɪk/</p><p>Have got to (speaking / informal) = have to (writing / formal)D</p><p>We use have (got) to when the situation means you are obliged to do something.</p><p>The museum’s not free. You have to / you’ve got to pay $10 to go in.</p><p>All students have to do an exam.</p><p>My sister needs the car, so I’ve got to walk to school every day this week.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>In the past, we use had to, without ‘got’. When I was a student, I had to write an essay every week</p><p>[NOT I had got to write an essay].</p><p>Tip</p><p>Group expressions together which belong to the same topic, for example, have + words for</p><p>meals (breakfast, lunch, dinner), have + ‘study’ words (an exam, a test, a lesson, a class), etc.</p><p>82 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>38.1 Fill the gaps in the sentences. Use words from A and B opposite.</p><p>coffee1 I always have in the morning.</p><p>2 I have a tennis every Saturday morning. My teacher is excellent.</p><p>3 Do you want to have a game of ?</p><p>4 Evelyn’s having a on Saturday. Are you going?</p><p>5 Do you want to have a ? The bathroom’s just here.</p><p>6 I have an tomorrow, so I have to study tonight.</p><p>7 We must have a to talk about these problems.</p><p>8 I’m going to the cafeteria to have a . Do you want to come?</p><p>9 The hotel has a swimming pool, so we can have a every day.</p><p>10 We can have before the film, or we can eat after it.</p><p>38.2 Correct the mistakes.</p><p>1 Please phone Grandma when you have the moment. a</p><p>2 Scarlett has gone to the hairdresser’s to have cut her hair.</p><p>3 That computer game looks great. Can I have a going?</p><p>4 I want to have some words with my teacher after the lesson.</p><p>5 Mum didn’t have the times to go to the shop today.</p><p>6 They don’t have got any cake in the café today.</p><p>38.3 Complete the crossword.</p><p>1 2 Acrossm e a l</p><p>1 You have it in a restaurant.</p><p>3 People often have one on their birthday.</p><p>3 4 5 Do you want to have a of tennis?</p><p>Down</p><p>5 2 You have it at school or university.</p><p>4 If you don’t like coffee, you can have</p><p>38.4 What do you say?</p><p>drink1 (someone is thirsty) Why don’t you have a ?</p><p>2 (someone is going away) Bye! Have a !</p><p>3 (someone sneezes [Atishoo!] and has a red nose) Oh! Have you got a ?</p><p>4 (someone has a new camera) Is that new? Can I have a ?</p><p>38.5 Answer the questions.</p><p>1 Have you got any brothers or sisters?</p><p>2 What time do you have English lessons?</p><p>3 What do you have for lunch?</p><p>4 Do you have to go to lessons every day?</p><p>5 How many pens have you got with you now?</p><p>6 Do you always have a good time in your English classes?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 83</p><p>Go / went / gone39</p><p>A Go</p><p>Go means to move from one place to another.</p><p>I go to work by bike. My brother goes by car.</p><p>We went to Paris last summer.</p><p>Is this train going to Granada?</p><p>Shall we go to the</p><p>swimming pool today?</p><p>Where does this road go?</p><p>B Go + prepositions</p><p>Ethan went in(to) his room Yuko went out of the house</p><p>and shut the door. and into the garden.</p><p>Jacob was tired. He went The phone was ringing. She</p><p>up the stairs slowly. went down the stairs quickly.</p><p>C Future plans</p><p>Be going to is often used to talk about future plans.</p><p>Jan is going to study maths at university.</p><p>We’re going to visit my aunt in New York soon.</p><p>I’m going to learn five new words every day.</p><p>Expressions Go + -ing for activitiesD</p><p>Go is often used with -ing for different activities.</p><p>I usually go swimmingI hate going shopping. Let’s go dancing.</p><p>in the morning.</p><p>Do you like going sightseeing Hans goes skiing Carter is going</p><p>when you are on holiday? every winter. fishing today.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Let’s go swimming and then go shopping. [NOT Let’s go to / for swimming and then go to / for shopping.]</p><p>I go there every week. I don’t want to go anywhere / somewhere else. [NOT I go to there every week. I</p><p>don’t want to go to anywhere / somewhere else.]</p><p>I must go home at 10 o’clock. [NOT I must go to / at home at 10 o’clock.]</p><p>84 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>39.1 Where are these people going? Follow the lines.</p><p>3</p><p>1 2</p><p>5</p><p>4</p><p>is going to the zoo.1 Mateo</p><p>2 The Sharps</p><p>3 Zoe and Penelope</p><p>4 Asad</p><p>5 Lars</p><p>39.2 Write about Victoria’s New Year Resolutions.</p><p>Victoria is going to stop eating chocolate.1 This</p><p>yearThis year I’m going to:</p><p>2 This year</p><p>stop eating chocolate 3 This year</p><p>pass my driving test 4 This year</p><p>learn Spanish 5 This year</p><p>watch less TV</p><p>keep my room tidy</p><p>39.3 Look at the activities in D opposite. Which do you do on holiday? Write sentences.</p><p>I usually go shopping on holiday.</p><p>39.4 Where do trains, buses and roads go to from your town?</p><p>From Cambridge, trains go to London and to Norwich.</p><p>39.5 Are these sentences correct? If not, correct them.</p><p>1 It’s time to go at home now. 8 I go to swimming every Sunday</p><p>X It’s time to go home now. morning.</p><p>2 Mum is going for shopping this afternoon. 9 We’re going sightsee today.</p><p>3 I’m going to London by car tomorrow. 10 Jo went down to the top of the hill.</p><p>4 I love Paris. Did you go to there last year? 11 Let’s go to fish today.</p><p>5 Alexei is going to home at 4 o’clock. 12 She went out off the shop.</p><p>6 We always go to the same café. Let’s go 13 Please go away. I’m tired.</p><p>to somewhere different today. 14 Would you like to go to home now?</p><p>7 Excuse me, please. Where does this bus go?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Look in an English magazine or newspaper. Find five examples of go.</p><p>Write them down in your vocabulary notebook.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 85</p><p>40 Do / did / done</p><p>A Do as auxiliary</p><p>questions Do you like tennis? Did they like the film?</p><p>short answers Yes, I do. Yes, they did.</p><p>So does Matteo. So did I.</p><p>negatives He doesn’t play well. Leo didn’t see it.</p><p>B What are you doing?</p><p>Do as a general verb:</p><p>Don’t do that, Tommy.On Saturdays I</p><p>usually do nothing.</p><p>I just relax.</p><p>What are the people in the picture doing?</p><p>They’re dancing.</p><p>C What do you do?</p><p>A: What do you do? [What is your job?]</p><p>B: I’m a student. / I’m a hairdresser.</p><p>A: What does your wife do? [What’s your wife’s job?]</p><p>B: She’s a doctor. / She’s a teacher.</p><p>(See Unit 14: Jobs.)</p><p>D Do + activity</p><p>do the housework</p><p>do the gardening</p><p>do the washing</p><p>do the washing-up</p><p>do your homework</p><p>do some exercises</p><p>do business with</p><p>do your best</p><p>A: Did you do the washing this morning?</p><p>B: No, I’m going to do it later.</p><p>Our company does a lot of business with the US.</p><p>The homework is very difficult - just do your best.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Make a note of any expressions with do that you find when you are reading in English.</p><p>(See Unit 41 for the contrast between do and make.)</p><p>86 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>40.1 Write questions and answers about the people in the picture.</p><p>What is the boy doing? He’s eating an ice cream.1 (the boy)</p><p>2 (the girls)</p><p>3 (the dog)</p><p>4 (the man in the house)</p><p>5 (the woman)</p><p>6 (the man in the garden)</p><p>40.2 Write questions and answers about the jobs of the people in the pictures.</p><p>1 Lara Brown 2 Lee Atkins 3 Sophie Hicks 4 Cooper and Hailey</p><p>What does Lara Brown do? She’s a secretary.1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>40.3 Write questions about what the people in Exercise 40.2 did this morning. Answer the questions</p><p>using the correct form of the phrases in the box.</p><p>talk to five patients teach three lessons write an essay go to a meeting</p><p>What did Lee Atkins do? He taught three lessons.1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>40.4 Look at the do expressions in D. Write sentences using these activities.</p><p>I do a lot of housework but I never do the gardening.</p><p>40.5 Correct the mistakes in this dialogue.</p><p>ANNA: Where did you went on your holidays? To Wales? go</p><p>PAVEL: No, we don’t go to Wales this year. We went to Scotland.</p><p>ANNA: Do your grandmother lives in Scotland?</p><p>PAVEL: No, she don’t but my uncle do.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 87</p><p>41 Make / made / made</p><p>A Make …</p><p>Dad is making some coffee. Mum is making dinner.</p><p>I’ll make some tea / hot chocolate. /ˈtʃɒklət/</p><p>I make breakfast / lunch / dinner every day.</p><p>He’s making a photocopy. She’s making a film / video.</p><p>B It makes me (feel) …</p><p>Going by train always makes me (feel) tired.</p><p>My friend called me stupid. It made me (feel) angry.</p><p>That film made me (feel) sad.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>You use make NOT do in these expressions:</p><p>I made a mistake in the exercise.</p><p>I want to make an appointment with the doctor. [fix a time to see him/her]</p><p>When I get up I make my bed.</p><p>The children are making a noise.</p><p>Yes, and they are making a mess in the living room!</p><p>I love your new dress - you made a good choice.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>You do homework [NOT make homework]. You take or do an exam [NOT make an exam].</p><p>You take a photo [NOT make a photo]. You do the washing [NOT make the washing].</p><p>88 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>41.1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of make.</p><p>make1 I always a lot of mistakes when I speak English.</p><p>2 Our neighbours had a party last night. They a lot of noise.</p><p>3 I am dinner for my parents this evening.</p><p>4 What do you think, the silver car or the white one? We must our choice today.</p><p>5 I an appointment with the doctor for you. It’s at 5 o’clock.</p><p>6 Craig is in the kitchen. He is a cup of tea.</p><p>41.2 Complete the sentences with make(s) / made me feel + an adjective from the box.</p><p>sick tired sad happy angry</p><p>made me feel sad1 That film about the war</p><p>2 Long lessons always</p><p>3 She was horrible to me; it</p><p>4 It’s a lovely song. It</p><p>5 That meal was horrible. It</p><p>41.3 What are these people doing? Complete the sentences using make.</p><p>1 He’s making a photocopy. 3 The little boys are 5 The children are</p><p>2 She’s 4 They’re 6 She is</p><p>41.4 Correct the mistakes in these sentences.</p><p>1 I have to make my homework. I have to do my homework.</p><p>2 Can I make a photo of you?</p><p>3 He’s 25 but he never makes his own washing. He takes his dirty clothes to his mother’s.</p><p>4 Are you making an exam tomorrow?</p><p>5 Have you made your homework yet?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Make a page for expressions with make and do in your vocabulary notebook. Make two</p><p>columns - one with the heading make and the other with the heading do. Write down all the</p><p>make and do expressions you know in the appropriate columns. Add new expressions to the</p><p>page as you meet them.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 89</p><p>42 Come / came / come</p><p>Come and go are different:</p><p>go come</p><p>A Come in / out</p><p>We say ‘Come in!’ when someone knocks at the door of a room.</p><p>Then the person who knocked comes into the room.</p><p>Come in!</p><p>Come out (of) is often the opposite of come in (to).</p><p>A woman came out of the shop with</p><p>two big bags. (I was in the street.)</p><p>You put your money in and the ticket</p><p>comes out of the machine.</p><p>B Come back and come home</p><p>Come back means ‘return to this place here’.</p><p>She went away for three days. She came back yesterday.</p><p>(She is here again.)</p><p>Come back is often used with from.</p><p>They came back from Italy yesterday.</p><p>Come home is similar; ‘home’ is ‘here’ for the person speaking.</p><p>MUM: What time did you come home last night?</p><p>SADIE: Oh, about 3 o’clock.</p><p>MUM: What! That’s much too late!</p><p>C Other important uses of come</p><p>A: What country do you come from?</p><p>B: I’m from Poland. / I come from Poland. / I’m Polish.</p><p>We’re going clubbing tonight. Do you want to come along [come with us]?</p><p>Come and see me some time. [visit me]</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>I come from Poland [NOT I’m coming from Poland].</p><p>Tip</p><p>Write down any prepositions you find with come every time you see them.</p><p>90 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>42.1 Fill the gaps in the sentences.</p><p>1 I put money in, but the ticket didn’t come out of the machine.</p><p>2 A: I’m going to Thailand tomorrow.</p><p>B: Oh! When are you coming ?</p><p>A: In two weeks.</p><p>3 The teacher came the classroom and started the lesson.</p><p>4 A: Where do you come ?</p><p>B: I’m Spanish.</p><p>5 Come and me at 5 o’clock; we can talk about it then.</p><p>6 The children come school at 4 o’clock.</p><p>42.2 What do you think these people are saying? Use words from the box.</p><p>come from come in come along come here</p><p>Come in! We’re going</p><p>to a party.</p><p>Do you want</p><p>to ?</p><p>Come in!1 3</p><p>I</p><p>France.</p><p>2 4</p><p>42.3 Fill the gaps using come in the correct form.</p><p>come1 Did you for your letters? They’re on the table.</p><p>2 She back yesterday.</p><p>3 He here every Tuesday.</p><p>4 you to the party tonight?</p><p>5 Pierre from a small town in Luxembourg.</p><p>42.4 Answer these questions for yourself.</p><p>1 What time do you come home every day?</p><p>2 What country do you come from?</p><p>3 What do you do when you come into your classroom?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Look up these verbs in a dictionary. Write down the meaning and one example for each verb. After a</p><p>week, cover the verbs and examples, look at the meanings and see if you can remember the verbs.</p><p>Verb Meaning Example</p><p>come round</p><p>come across</p><p>come up</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 91</p><p>43 Take / took / taken</p><p>Take with time (it + take + person + time)A</p><p>It takes Alan 20 minutes to get to work.</p><p>Alan’s house → 20 minutes → Alan’s office</p><p>It takes Grace 45 minutes to get to work.</p><p>Grace’s flat → 45 minutes → Grace’s office</p><p>I go to school / university every day. It takes me</p><p>30 minutes.</p><p>I do homework every day. It took /tʊk/ me two hours</p><p>yesterday.</p><p>A: How long does it take to get to the station?</p><p>B: Fifteen minutes in a taxi.</p><p>A: How long did it take you to learn the Greek alphabet?</p><p>B: A week or two.</p><p>B Take something with you</p><p>Are you going out? Take an umbrella. It’s raining.</p><p>Are you going to the beach? Take some water with you.</p><p>Sorry, you can’t take your</p><p>camera into the museum.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Can I take a photo / photograph here? /ˈfəʊtəʊ/ /ˈfəʊtəgrɑæf/</p><p>A: Are you taking an English course? B: Yes.</p><p>A: Do you have to take an exam? B: Yes, at the end of the course.</p><p>I want to take some Japanese lessons.</p><p>How do you get to work? I take the bus.</p><p>In London you can take the underground</p><p>to the London Eye.</p><p>We took a taxi from the airport to our hotel.</p><p>How does Nick get to work? He takes the train.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Make a page in your notebook for take and put in new words that go with it when you see them</p><p>(e.g. take a picture, take a look at, take a chance).</p><p>92 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>43.1 Fill the gaps for yourself.</p><p>takes1 It me minutes to get to school / university / work.</p><p>2 It takes me minutes to go from my house to the nearest railway station.</p><p>3 It takes me minutes to get to my best friend’s house.</p><p>4 takes me to do one unit of this book.</p><p>43.2 Complete the sentences using take and an expression from the box.</p><p>a course some water the train an exam</p><p>take an exam.1 At the end of the course, you have to</p><p>2 You can fly from London to Paris or you can</p><p>3 You want to learn Russian? Why don’t you ?</p><p>4 If you go out on a hot day, you need to</p><p>43.3 Look at the pictures. Answer the questions using take.</p><p>1 How does Natalie go to work? 3 How does Christopher go to school?</p><p>She takes the train. He</p><p>2 How can I get to the airport? 4 How do Santiago and Lucia get home every day?</p><p>You They</p><p>43.4 What do you take with you when …</p><p>1 you want to take photographs? I take my camera.</p><p>2 it’s raining?</p><p>3 you go to another country?</p><p>4 you go to your English lessons?</p><p>5 you need to text someone?</p><p>43.5 How long did it take you to do this unit?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 93</p><p>44 Bring / brought / brought</p><p>A Bring and take</p><p>take (like go) = from here to there</p><p>bring (like come) = from there to here</p><p>Are you going to school? Take your books.</p><p>(= from here to the school)</p><p>Are you going to the kitchen? Can you bring me a glass? (= from the kitchen to here)</p><p>Please take this form to the secretary. (= the secretary is there)</p><p>Come to my house tomorrow and bring your guitar. (= for me, my house is here)</p><p>B Bring somebody something</p><p>A: I’ve brought /brɔːt/ you some apples from When she visits me, she always brings</p><p>my garden. B: Oh, thank you! me flowers.</p><p>C Bring something back</p><p>It’s raining. You can take my umbrella and bring it back tomorrow.</p><p>JULES: This book is interesting.</p><p>MARGAUX: Please take it with you and read it.</p><p>JULES: Thanks. I’ll bring it back on Friday.</p><p>MARGAUX: OK. No problem.</p><p>94 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>44.1 Fill the gaps with bring or take.</p><p>Take1 Are you going to the shops? an umbrella. It’s raining.</p><p>2 ‘Don’t forget to your books tomorrow!’ the teacher said to the class.</p><p>3 Are you going to the kitchen? Can you me some water?</p><p>4 your camera with you when you go to Thailand. It’s beautiful there.</p><p>5 Are you going to the office? Can you these papers, please?</p><p>6 I’ll you a present from New York.</p><p>44.2 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.</p><p>1 Yesterday he brought me a these letters, please.</p><p>2 You must take b bring your guitar.</p><p>3 Come to my house and c some flowers.</p><p>4 Go to the post office and take d food to the party.</p><p>5 Everybody is going to bring e your passport when you travel.</p><p>44.3 Fill the gaps with the correct form of bring or take.</p><p>brings1 She always me presents. Yesterday she me some chocolates.</p><p>2 Hello, I’ve you some flowers. I hope you like them!</p><p>3 Can you this present when you go and see Sonia?</p><p>4 She is going to my book, read it tonight and it back tomorrow.</p><p>44.4 Fill the gaps with bring back or take.</p><p>take1 Can I this magazine to read tonight? I’ll it tomorrow.</p><p>2 When she went to Belgium, she me some chocolates.</p><p>3 Please my umbrella. You can it tomorrow.</p><p>44.5 Where are you now?</p><p>If you are at an English lesson now, answer a).</p><p>If you are not at an English lesson, answer b).</p><p>a Name three things you always bring to the lesson.</p><p>b Name three things you always take to the lesson.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 95</p><p>45 Get / got / got</p><p>A Get with adjectives: for changes</p><p>It’s light. It’s getting dark. It’s dark.</p><p>She’s ill. She’s getting better. She’s better. / She’s well.</p><p>I’m getting tired. I want to go to bed. It’s raining! I’m getting wet!</p><p>B Get with nouns</p><p>If you don’t have something you can get it. [get = buy or find]</p><p>I want to send a postcard. I have to get a stamp.</p><p>I’m going to the shop to get a newspaper.</p><p>Do you want a drink? I can get some coffee.</p><p>Where can I get a taxi?</p><p>I’ve finished my studies. Now I want to get a job.</p><p>My friend is ill! Please get a doctor.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Maria and David are getting married in April.</p><p>A: When you get to New York, call me. [arrive at, reach]</p><p>B: OK, give me your number.</p><p>A: How can I get to the airport?</p><p>B: Take the airport bus at the bus station.</p><p>I’ll see you when you get back from Hong Kong. [return, come home]</p><p>(See also get up in Unit 47.)</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>When I get home, I have my lunch [NOT When I get to home].</p><p>I get there at 6 o’clock, so please ring me at 6.30 [NOT I get to there].</p><p>96 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>45.1 Complete these sentences using a, b or c.</p><p>1 I studied too much and I got a) hot b) tired c) sick.</p><p>2 I ate too much and I got a) hot b) tired c) sick.</p><p>3 I sat in the sun too much and I got a) hot b) tired c) sick.</p><p>4 In winter in the north it gets a) tired b) dark c) wet very early.</p><p>5 Vincent got very a) dark b) better c) wet in the rain.</p><p>45.2 Complete these sentences using the correct form of get and a word from the box.</p><p>better light dark cold wet</p><p>’s getting dark.1 The sun is going down. It</p><p>2 When the sun comes up it</p><p>3 She’s in hospital but she</p><p>4 It’s raining! I !</p><p>5 Please close the window. I</p><p>45.3 What / Who do you get if …</p><p>1 you want to post a letter? a stamp 5 you want to read the news?</p><p>2 somebody is ill? 6 you want to go to the airport?</p><p>3 you are thirsty? 7 you want to earn some money?</p><p>4 you want to write something down? 8 you want to go out and it’s raining?</p><p>45.4 Complete these sentences.</p><p>Singapore (dep. 05.45) Paris (arr. 12.30)</p><p>gets to1 This plane Paris at 12.30.</p><p>university (25 minutes) my house</p><p>2 The bus from the university my house in 25 minutes.</p><p>3 When does the flight from Moscow London?</p><p>4 José usually leaves work at 6 and home at 6.30.</p><p>5 Mike is in New York. He won’t till the 14th July.</p><p>45.5 Answer the questions. Write sentences.</p><p>1 In your country, how old are people usually when they get married?</p><p>2 When do people usually get married? Which day? Which month(s)?</p><p>3 What time do you usually get home every day? How do you get there?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 97</p><p>46 Phrasal verbs</p><p>A What are phrasal verbs?</p><p>at 6.30Phrasal verbs have two parts: a verb + a particle.</p><p>get up / on / off up</p><p>I got up at 6.30 this morning. I’m tired now.</p><p>We should get on the bus. It’s leaving in five minutes! get</p><p>We got off the bus at the City Museum.</p><p>on off</p><p>the bus the bus</p><p>the TV</p><p>the TVturn on / off / up / down the TV</p><p>downHe always turns on the</p><p>TV at 9 o’clock to</p><p>up onwatch the news.</p><p>turn</p><p>off</p><p>the light</p><p>It’s a sunny day. Turn the light off.</p><p>Turn the TV up. I can’t hear it.</p><p>Turn the TV down. It’s too loud.</p><p>go on / off</p><p>Don’t stop. Go on talking. It’s very interesting. [continue]</p><p>Karen went off and forgot her handbag. [left]</p><p>put something on</p><p>It’s cold and windy outside. Put your coat on. / Put on your coat.</p><p>come on</p><p>Come on! We’re late.</p><p>One phrasal verb, different meaningsB</p><p>Note that one phrasal verb can often have different meanings.</p><p>Tipturn down</p><p>She turned down the TV. [made it not so loud] Make a special page in your</p><p>She turned down the invitation. [refused it] notebook. Write down any phrasal</p><p>verbs you see or hear. Organisetake off</p><p>them into groups, in any way thatOur plane takes off at 12.30. [leaves the ground]</p><p>makes sense to you, for example,She took off her shoes. [removed them from her feet]</p><p>clothes, movement.</p><p>98 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>46.1 Match a sentence on the left with a sentence on the right.</p><p>1 It’s eight o’clock. a I’m going to turn it down.</p><p>2 We arrived at our station. b Please turn your music down.</p><p>3 That funny programme is on soon. c It’s time to get up.</p><p>4 The bus arrived. d We got off the train.</p><p>5 I’m trying to work. e Put on your raincoat.</p><p>6 I can’t hear the news. f We got on.</p><p>7 It’s raining today. g Turn on the TV.</p><p>8 I don’t want to accept that job. h Turn the radio up.</p><p>46.2 Put the correct prepositions in these sentences.</p><p>on1 It’s dark in here. Turn the lights.</p><p>2 Our plane takes at 6.25 and lands at 7.50.</p><p>3 Come ! It’s time to get . You’ll be late for school!</p><p>4 The children took their school uniforms when they got home.</p><p>5 It’s time to turn the TV and go to bed now.</p><p>6 Get the bus at the train station, then walk about 100 metres and you’ll see the</p><p>theatre.</p><p>7 The students went working until late at night.</p><p>8 When they got to the beach, he put his swimming trunks and ran down to the sea.</p><p>46.3 What is happening in these pictures? Use one of the phrasal verbs from the opposite page to</p><p>describe each picture.</p><p>They are getting on the coach.1 3</p><p>2 4 oven.</p><p>46.4 Replace the underlined words with a phrasal verb from the opposite page.</p><p>1 The plane left at midnight. The plane took off at midnight.</p><p>2 I removed my hat and coat.</p><p>3 She continued writing novels all her life.</p><p>4 Michael left without saying goodbye to anybody.</p><p>5 I refused the invitation to Maya’s wedding.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 99</p><p>47 Everyday things</p><p>A Things we do every day</p><p>wake up get up go to the bathroom have a shower</p><p>have breakfast listen to the</p><p>/ˈbrekfəst/ radio /ˈlɪsən/ go to work come home</p><p>phone (or call)make dinner watch TV go to beda friend</p><p>B Sometimes I …</p><p>wash clothes clean the house go for a walk write letters / emails</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>A: How often do you go out / watch a film?</p><p>B: Three or four times a week.</p><p>A: What time do you get up / go to work?</p><p>B: At 7 o’clock normally.</p><p>A: How do you go to work?</p><p>B: Usually by bus / train / car.</p><p>(See also Unit 38: Have / had / had and Unit 41: Make / made / made.)</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>We say I usually get up at 8 o’clock, but today I got up at 8.30. [NOT I used to / I’m</p><p>used to get up at 8 o’clock.]</p><p>100 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>47.1 What do they usually do?</p><p>He listens to the radio every morning.1</p><p>2 She w (every Saturday)</p><p>3 He c (every weekend)</p><p>4 He w (every evening)</p><p>5 She g (every Sunday)</p><p>47.2 Ask questions.</p><p>topic question answer</p><p>1 get up What time do you get up? 7.30, usually.</p><p>2 go for a walk How … Every Saturday.</p><p>3 go to work How … By train.</p><p>4 have dinner When … At about 7 o’clock usually.</p><p>5 come home from work How … I normally walk home.</p><p>6 phone your best friend How … Two or three times a week.</p><p>7 clean your room When … On Saturday morning usually.</p><p>8 have a shower What … Usually at about 11 pm.</p><p>47.3 Complete the sentences about yourself.</p><p>1 I usually wake up at</p><p>2 I go to the bathroom and have</p><p>3 I usually have for breakfast.</p><p>4 I go to work by</p><p>5 I usually have a cup of tea / coffee at o’clock.</p><p>6 I usually come home at</p><p>7 I usually dinner at o’clock.</p><p>8 In the evenings I normally or</p><p>9 Sometimes I one or two emails or to the radio.</p><p>10 I usually to bed at</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 101</p><p>48 Talking</p><p>How do you say</p><p>‘book’ in Spanish?A Say (say / said / said) Libro</p><p>We use say when we report someone’s words.</p><p>She said, ‘This is horrible!’</p><p>He said that he wanted a drink.</p><p>We say hello / goodbye and we say please /</p><p>thank you / Happy Birthday / Merry Christmas</p><p>/ Happy New Year / Congratulations!</p><p>/kəngrætʃəˈleɪʃənz/</p><p>We use say when we ask about language.</p><p>B Tell (tell / told / told)</p><p>Tell is usually followed immediately by a person. Common mistakes</p><p>Say is not followed immediately by a person.</p><p>Tell is often used with how and wh- words (when, He told me his name. [NOT He said</p><p>what, why, where) to find out and give information. me his name.]</p><p>Tell me when you want to have dinner. She told me</p><p>how to fill in the application form.</p><p>Common mistakesYou can tell someone the time / a story / a joke /</p><p>your name / your address / your phone number. Can you tell me where the bus</p><p>station is, please? [NOT Can you say</p><p>C Ask me … ?]</p><p>Ask is used for questions.</p><p>My sister asked me where I was going. / My sister asked (me), ‘Where are you going?’</p><p>A: Can I ask you a question?</p><p>B: Yes.</p><p>A: What day of the week were you born?</p><p>B: Thursday.</p><p>You can ask someone the way / the time.</p><p>You can ask somebody to do something and ask someone for</p><p>something.</p><p>I asked him to turn off his radio. (or I said, ‘Please turn off your radio.’)</p><p>She asked for the bill. (or She said, ‘Can I have the bill, please?’)</p><p>D Speak / talk / answer / reply</p><p>I like talking to you. [having a conversation with you]</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Do you speak Japanese? (used for languages) [NOT Do you talk Japanese?]</p><p>Can you answer the telephone / the door, please? [pick up</p><p>the phone / open the door to see who it is]</p><p>Teacher: Who can answer the next question? Joanna?</p><p>He didn’t reply to my email. (also used for letters / texts)</p><p>[he did not send me an email back]</p><p>102 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>48.1 Fill the gaps with the correct form of say or tell.</p><p>tell1 Can you me where the Plaza Hotel is, please?</p><p>2 She me her name.</p><p>3 I goodbye to her.</p><p>4 ‘Please me a story,’ the little boy</p><p>5 ‘Come here!’ the police officer</p><p>6 The teacher her students that they were very good.</p><p>48.2 What do you say?</p><p>1 You want to know if an English friend can help you talk to a Russian person who does not know</p><p>English.</p><p>you speak Russian?Can</p><p>2 You want to know the word for ‘tree’ in German.</p><p>How</p><p>3 You want to know the time.</p><p>Excuse me, can you</p><p>4 Your course is finished. You want to say goodbye to your teacher.</p><p>I just want to</p><p>5 You want to know when the exam is.</p><p>Can you</p><p>6 The telephone rings. You are busy cooking food. A friend is watching you.</p><p>(to your friend)</p><p>Can you</p><p>48.3 Match the verbs on the left with the words on the right.</p><p>1 say a an email</p><p>2 answer b someone to help you</p><p>3 ask for c Japanese</p><p>4 reply to d Happy New Year</p><p>5 tell e a friend</p><p>6 talk to f someone a joke</p><p>7 ask g the bill</p><p>8 speak h the door</p><p>48.4 Complete the phrases.</p><p>Happy1 (on December 24th or 25th) Christmas!</p><p>2 (you want to pay in a restaurant) Can we have , please?</p><p>3 (on the first day of the year) Year!</p><p>4 (small child to parent) a story before I go to sleep. Please!</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 103</p><p>49 Moving</p><p>A Without transport</p><p>swim</p><p>walk run jump dance climb fall</p><p>When talking about the past, we say: walked / ran / jumped / danced / swam / climbed / fell.</p><p>B Transport</p><p>verb transport example</p><p>go by car / plane / bus / train / bike / motorbike / ship / We went to Paris by train last summer.</p><p>taxi / underground [NOT by a car]</p><p>take a / the bus / train / plane / a taxi / I took a taxi home yesterday.</p><p>the underground</p><p>ride a bicycle / bike / motorbike / horse I always rode my bike to school.</p><p>drive a car / bus / train My uncle drove a bus for ten years.</p><p>The pilot flies a plane. How did you get to Istanbul?</p><p>We flew there.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>You arrive at or in a place</p><p>[NOT arrive to a place]. The</p><p>train arrived in Tokyo on</p><p>time. The plane arrived late</p><p>at Heathrow.</p><p>C Expressions If we don’t leave</p><p>now we won’t</p><p>Can I help you carry catch our train.Please pass I’ve just missedyour luggage?the salt. the train.</p><p>Tip</p><p>When you are travelling you will probably see a lot of signs and information in English. Make a note</p><p>of any new words and expressions you see.</p><p>(See Unit 32: Travelling.)</p><p>104 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>49.1 Complete the sentences using verbs from A opposite. Write them in the correct form.</p><p>running walking1 Jack likes round the park every morning but Hannah prefers round it</p><p>with her dog.</p><p>2 Everyone at the</p><p>party last night.</p><p>3 Every day Claire</p><p>ten lengths of the pool before</p><p>breakfast.</p><p>4 James can very fast. He has won a lot of races.</p><p>5 Andrew loves mountains.</p><p>6 The old lady on her way home and broke her arm.</p><p>7 Stella into the swimming pool and quickly to the other side.</p><p>8 It is better for you to to work than to go by car.</p><p>49.2 Ride, drive, go by or take? Write the correct word(s) in the sentence.</p><p>ride1 Can you a motorbike?</p><p>2 He works for a railway company. He a train.</p><p>3 She sometimes the underground to work.</p><p>4 He goes away from home a lot. He a lorry.</p><p>5 I prefer to a bus than car.</p><p>6 Would you like to an elephant?</p><p>7 You never forget how to a bicycle.</p><p>8 I usually a taxi when it rains.</p><p>49.3 Complete the diagram with six possible words.</p><p>sugar</p><p>Please pass the</p><p>49.4 Put these sentences into the past tense with the word yesterday.</p><p>1 Lilian runs a mile every day. She ran a mile yesterday.</p><p>2 Maria often drives her grandmother to the city.</p><p>3 Charlie flies to Madrid every week.</p><p>4 I sometimes take a taxi home from the station.</p><p>5 Bella often falls when she rides her bike.</p><p>6 Adrian often misses the 7.30 bus to school.</p><p>7 The taxi driver usually helps the old lady to carry her luggage to the train.</p><p>8 Madeline usually dances very well.</p><p>49.5 Answer these questions. Use every day, once a week, once a year or never.</p><p>1 How often do you walk to work or school? I walk to work every day.</p><p>2 Have you got a bike? How often do you ride it?</p><p>3 How often do you go swimming? Do you swim in the sea or in a pool?</p><p>4 How often do you go somewhere by plane?</p><p>5 How often do you drive a car?</p><p>6 How often do you go dancing?</p><p>7 Do you often go climbing?</p><p>8 How often do you take a taxi?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 105</p><p>50 Conjunctions and connecting words</p><p>A Basic conjunctions</p><p>Conjunctions join two parts of a sentence. They help to show the connection between the two</p><p>parts of the sentence.</p><p>conjunction example use</p><p>and Kate is a student and she We use and to give extra information in the second</p><p>works part-time. part of the sentence.</p><p>but They are rich but they We use but when the second part of the sentence</p><p>aren’t happy. contrasts with the first part.</p><p>or You can pay by credit card We use or when the second part of the sentence</p><p>or cash. gives a different possibility.</p><p>because We went home early We use because when the second part of the</p><p>because we were tired. sentence explains why the first part happened.</p><p>so I felt ill so I didn’t go to We use so when the second part of the sentence</p><p>work. gives a result of the first part.</p><p>when I went to the party when We use when to say when the first part of the</p><p>the babysitter arrived. sentence happened.</p><p>before We left before it started We use before to show that the first part of the</p><p>to rain. sentence happened first.</p><p>after We went for a meal after We use after to show that the second part of the</p><p>we had seen the film. sentence happened first.</p><p>if You can have some ice We use if to say that the first part of the sentence</p><p>cream if you eat your will only happen after the second part of the sentence</p><p>dinner. happens and it may not happen.</p><p>B Other connecting words</p><p>These words are useful for making connections between words and phrases.</p><p>word example use</p><p>only He only sleeps for three hours We use only to say something is not very big or</p><p>every night. very much.</p><p>like She looks like her father. We use like to make a comparison.</p><p>than She works harder than he does. We use than after a comparative adjective or</p><p>adverb.</p><p>also He works in the shop and she does We use also, too and as well to say something</p><p>too also / too / as well. is extra.</p><p>as well</p><p>Tip</p><p>These words are small, but they are very important to learn. Write a translation of the words in the</p><p>first column of the tables.</p><p>106 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>50.1 Choose one of the words to complete each sentence.</p><p>1 Blake liked school because / but / if he had many friends there.</p><p>2 Blake left school so / or / and he joined the navy.</p><p>3 He hadn’t travelled much but / before / after he joined the navy.</p><p>4 Blake was seasick when / if / so he left the navy.</p><p>5 He took a job in a bank because / after / or it was near his home.</p><p>6 He will stay at the bank when / if / before he likes it there.</p><p>7 If he doesn’t like his new job, he’ll go to university before / if / or he’ll move to London.</p><p>8 He wants to get married if / when / so he’s 30.</p><p>50.2 Write down nine sentences from the columns. Use each of the conjunctions once.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav after they decided to start a business</p><p>together.</p><p>after she loves him.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav and she loved him.</p><p>because she doesn’t love him.</p><p>before they had two sons.</p><p>but he moves to London.</p><p>if he moved to London.</p><p>or she won’t marry anyone.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav so he was a pop star.</p><p>when they decided to start a</p><p>business together.</p><p>50.3 Fill in the gaps with words from B opposite.</p><p>I love swimming, my brother loves swimming</p><p>1 too and my sister likes it very much</p><p>2 . I can swim better 3</p><p>they can! Almost all my family loves swimming.</p><p>My grandmother swims 4 a fish but she</p><p>doesn’t swim very often - 5 every year or</p><p>so, now.</p><p>50.4 Write six sentences about your family and your habits using only, than, like, also, too and</p><p>as well.</p><p>I play tennis and my mother plays as well. My mother plays better than I do.</p><p>50.5 Complete these sentences about yourself.</p><p>1 I’m learning English because</p><p>2 I’ll learn more English if</p><p>3 I’m learning English and</p><p>4 I started learning English when</p><p>5 I can speak some English, so</p><p>6 I’ll learn more English but</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 107</p><p>51 Days, months, seasons</p><p>A Time</p><p>There are:</p><p>365 days in a year (a year which has 366 days is a leap year)</p><p>12 months /mʌnθs/ in a year</p><p>7 days in a week</p><p>2 weeks in a fortnight</p><p>24 hours in a day</p><p>60 minutes in an hour (we say an hour /ˈaʊə/)</p><p>60 seconds in a minute</p><p>100 years in a century</p><p>B Days of the week</p><p>Sunday /ˈsʌndeɪ/, Monday /ˈmʌndeɪ/, Tuesday /ˈtʃuːzdeɪ/, Wednesday /ˈwenzdeɪ/, Thursday /ˈθɜːzdeɪ/,</p><p>Friday, Saturday</p><p>The names of the days always begin with a capital letter in English.</p><p>Saturday + Sunday = the weekend</p><p>Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday</p><p>8 9 10 11 12</p><p>the day before the day afteryesterday today tomorrow</p><p>yesterday tomorrow</p><p>Monday (before 12 pm) = Monday morning</p><p>Monday (between 12 pm and 6 pm) = Monday afternoon</p><p>Monday (after 6 pm) = Monday evening Common mistakes</p><p>We say on + days of the week: on Monday,</p><p>on Saturday, etc. I saw her on Friday / We say at + the weekend: I went to the cinema</p><p>on Tuesday evening. at the weekend [NOT in the weekend].</p><p>C Months and seasons</p><p>Months: January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October,</p><p>November, December</p><p>The names of the months always begin with a capital letter in English.</p><p>Some countries have four seasons: spring, summer, autumn /ˈɔːtəm/ and winter.</p><p>The names of the seasons do not usually begin with a capital letter in English.</p><p>We say in + months / seasons: in July, in December, in (the) spring, in (the) summer, etc.</p><p>Birds sing in (the) spring.</p><p>TipCommon mistakes</p><p>Write the day and date in English every time you do anMy birthday is in July [NOT on July].</p><p>English exercise, e.g. Wednesday 2nd May 2017.</p><p>108 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>51.1 Answer these questions.</p><p>one day1 24</p><p>hours =</p><p>2 100 years =</p><p>3 2 weeks =</p><p>4 60 minutes =</p><p>5 7 days =</p><p>51.2 Complete this British children’s song about the number of days in each month.</p><p>eptemberThirty days has S ,</p><p>A , J and N</p><p>All the rest have ,</p><p>Except for F ,</p><p>Which has twenty-eight days</p><p>And in each leap year.</p><p>51.3 These abbreviations are often used for the days of the week and the months. Write the names</p><p>out in full.</p><p>Monday1 Mon 5 Wed 9 Feb</p><p>2 Aug 6 Jan 10 Sept</p><p>3 Oct 7 Apr 11 Tues</p><p>4 Sat 8 Fri 12 Nov</p><p>51.4 What are the next letters in each of these? Why?</p><p>A W1 S S (the first letters of the four seasons: spring, summer, autumn, winter)</p><p>2 S M T W</p><p>3 J F M A M J J</p><p>51.5 Correct the six mistakes in this paragraph.</p><p>S</p><p>I’m going to a party on saturday for Valentina’s birthday. Her birthday is on thursday but she</p><p>wanted to have the party in the weekend. She’s having a barbecue. I think june is a good</p><p>month to have a birthday because of the weather. I love going to barbecues on the summer.</p><p>My birthday is in Winter and it’s too cold to eat outside!</p><p>51.6 How quickly can you answer these quiz questions?</p><p>1 How many minutes are there in a quarter of an hour?</p><p>2 What is the third day of the week?</p><p>3 How many seconds are there in five minutes?</p><p>4 What is the seventh month?</p><p>5 How many months are there in ten years?</p><p>6 What month is your birthday in?</p><p>7 What day is it today?</p><p>8 What day will it be tomorrow?</p><p>9 What day will it be the day after tomorrow?</p><p>10 What day was it yesterday?</p><p>11 What day was it the day before yesterday?</p><p>12 What month is it?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 109</p><p>52 Time words</p><p>A Time in relation to now</p><p>Now means at this moment. Then means at another moment (usually in the past).</p><p>I was born in Edinburgh. Then we moved to London. Now I live in Cambridge.</p><p>It is 10 o’clock now.</p><p>I got up four hours ago, at 6 o’clock.</p><p>An hour ago it was 9 o’clock.</p><p>two years for two years</p><p>2014-2016 from 2014 to 2016 2014 2016</p><p>last year / last week / last Saturday</p><p>JANUARYnext year / next week / next summer</p><p>M T W T F S S</p><p>It is July now. 1 2 3 4 5 6</p><p>Last month it was June. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13</p><p>Next month it will be August.</p><p>14 15 16 17 18 19 20</p><p>When we talk about time in general, we 21 22 23 24 25 26 27</p><p>talk about the past, the present and the 28 29 30 31</p><p>future.</p><p>In the past people didn’t have television.</p><p>People may travel to Mars in the future.</p><p>B Frequency adverbs</p><p>always often now and then not often never</p><p>usually sometimes occasionally rarely</p><p>It always snows in Russia in winter.</p><p>It often rains in the UK.</p><p>The Ancient Romans never went to America or Australia.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Notice the use of a in these expressions of frequency.</p><p>once [one time] a week: I go swimming once a week, every Saturday.</p><p>twice [two times] a day: I clean my teeth twice a day.</p><p>three times a year: I see my uncle three times a year.</p><p>four times a month: I play football four or five times a month.</p><p>I’ll be with you in a moment [a very short time].</p><p>Nora’s in Paris at the moment [now].</p><p>See you soon [in a short time]!</p><p>We met recently [not long ago].</p><p>110 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>52.1 Fill the gaps with a preposition from the opposite page.</p><p>1 In the past, Rosa worked in many different countries. Rosa worked in Hong Kong</p><p>2 three years, 3 2008 4 2011. 5 the moment she</p><p>is working in Tokyo. She will stay there 6 two more years.</p><p>52.2 Draw lines to match the centuries to their time.</p><p>1 the 19th century</p><p>2 the 22nd century the past</p><p>3 the 18th century the present</p><p>4 the 21st century the future</p><p>5 the 20th century</p><p>52.3 Are these sentences true about you? If not, write them out correctly. Use other frequency</p><p>adverbs from B opposite.</p><p>1 I always go swimming on Fridays. I sometimes go swimming on Fridays.</p><p>2 I usually go to school / work by bus.</p><p>3 I occasionally watch TV.</p><p>4 I rarely drink milk.</p><p>5 I often wear a hat.</p><p>6 I rarely eat chocolate.</p><p>7 I always go to bed at 10.</p><p>8 I never go to the theatre.</p><p>52.4 Read the sentences and answer the questions.</p><p>1 Matthew will get his exam results very soon.</p><p>Do you think Matthew will get them next year, next month or tomorrow? Probably tomorrow</p><p>2 Alice and Adam met for the first time recently.</p><p>Do you think they first met last year, six months ago or a week ago?</p><p>3 I’ll help you in a moment.</p><p>Do you think I’ll help you next week, in two hours or in a few minutes?</p><p>4 It’s 6 o’clock now.</p><p>Two hours ago it started to snow. What time was it then?</p><p>52.5 Look at the table and write sentences using expressions like once a week,</p><p>three times a month, etc.</p><p>John plays tennis twice a week.</p><p>play tennis practise the piano have a business</p><p>meeting in Germany</p><p>John Mondays and Saturdays the first Friday every</p><p>Thursdays month</p><p>Julia and Alexa Tuesdays, Fridays and every morning and once in January, March,</p><p>Saturdays every evening May, July, August and</p><p>December every year</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 111</p><p>53 Places</p><p>A General place words</p><p>Come here, please. [to me, to where I am]</p><p>Have you been to Lima? I’m going there in April. [not here, another place]</p><p>Max is coming back from Portugal in May. [to here again, to this place]</p><p>There are books and papers everywhere in my room. [in all parts / all places]</p><p>(See Unit 42: Come / came / come.)</p><p>B Prepositions</p><p>Luke is in the kitchen, making dinner.</p><p>There are two restaurants in the village.</p><p>inSamantha lives in Seoul / South Korea / Asia.</p><p>I’ll meet you at the station.</p><p>I always sit at the front of the class.</p><p>at</p><p>I like that photo on the wall.</p><p>Don’t put your books on the chair. I want to sit on it!</p><p>on</p><p>C Positions</p><p>the top of the mountain the middle of the road the bottom of the glass</p><p>the front of the car the side of the car the back of the car</p><p>the beginning of the motorway</p><p>the end of the motorway</p><p>D Left and right</p><p>This is his left hand. This is his right hand.</p><p>left rightIn York Street, there is a cinema on the left</p><p>and a restaurant on the right.</p><p>E Home and away</p><p>Is Eleanor at home [in her house / flat]?</p><p>No, sorry, she’s out [not here for a short time, e.g. at the shops or at work].</p><p>No, sorry, she’s away [not here for a longer time, e.g. on holiday].</p><p>No, sorry, she’s abroad [in another country].</p><p>112 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>53.1 Fill the gaps with here, there, back or everywhere.</p><p>back1 Thanks for lending me your dictionary. I’ll bring it soon. (See Unit 44: Bring /</p><p>brought / brought.)</p><p>2 Come Emma! Don’t go near the road! (See Unit 42: Come / came / come.)</p><p>3 This letter is for a teacher at the university. Can you take it . (See Unit 43: Take /</p><p>took / taken.)</p><p>4 I opened the washing machine too soon. Now there’s water !</p><p>5 I want to leave this letter in Nora’s office. Are you going ?</p><p>6 I’m going to Italy tomorrow, but I’m coming on Friday.</p><p>53.2 Fill the gaps with the correct preposition.</p><p>in1 My brother works Paris.</p><p>2 Why do you always sit the back of the class?</p><p>3 Let’s go and sit the sofa.</p><p>4 What time do you arrive? I’ll meet you the bus station.</p><p>5 There was a picture of an old man the wall.</p><p>6 Do you usually study your bedroom or the living room?</p><p>53.3 Mark the positions on the bus and on the tree.</p><p>1 the front of the bus</p><p>2 the side of the bus</p><p>3 the back of the bus</p><p>4 the middle of the tree</p><p>5 the top of the tree</p><p>6 the bottom of the tree</p><p>the front of the bus</p><p>53.4 Fill the gaps with out, away or abroad.</p><p>abroad1 I’d like to work and learn about a new country.</p><p>2 Is Lily here? No, she’s but she’ll be back in about five minutes.</p><p>3 I’m going tomorrow. I’m going to stay with my sister for a few days.</p><p>4 When we go we like to go and see new countries.</p><p>53.5 Answer these questions about yourself and about this book.</p><p>1 Are you studying English at home or abroad?</p><p>2 Are you going away this year?</p><p>3 What have you got in your left or right hand at the moment?</p><p>4 What is there at the end of this book?</p><p>5 Where is Unit 3 in this book? (beginning / middle / end?)</p><p>6 Where is Unit 36 in this book? (beginning / middle / end?)</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 113</p><p>54 Manner</p><p>Adjectives and adverbs can describe manner, i.e. how we do something.</p><p>A Fast and slow</p><p>adjectives This is a fast car. This</p><p>and phrases to be included. The new vocabulary (on average 20–30 items</p><p>per unit) is presented with photos or illustrations and explanations on the left-hand page, and</p><p>there are exercises and activities on the right-hand page. There is an Answer key and an Index</p><p>with pronunciation for all the key vocabulary.</p><p>The book focuses not just on single words, but also on useful phrases and collocations. For</p><p>example, difficult teaching points such as the difference between do and make are dealt</p><p>with through collocation (we do our homework, but we make mistakes), and useful phrases</p><p>(e.g. come along) are presented.</p><p>The book is organised around everyday topics, but also has units devoted to core verbs such</p><p>as get and bring / take. Typical errors are indicated where appropriate, and the most typical</p><p>meanings and uses are focused on for each key item. The units in the book can be used in any</p><p>order you like, but it is often a good idea to do blocks of units based round the same topic</p><p>(e.g. People, At home, Leisure).</p><p>The right-hand pages offer a variety of different types of activities, including traditional ones such</p><p>asgap-filling,butalsomoreopen-endedonesandpersonalisedactivitieswhichenablelearnersto</p><p>talkabouttheirownlives.Althoughtheactivitiesandexercisesaredesignedforself-study,theycan</p><p>easilybeadaptedforpairwork,groupworkorwhole-classactivitiesintheusualways.Forexample,</p><p>where there are dialogues, students can take the speaking parts and practise the conversations,</p><p>and where the exercises have questions and answers, students can practise asking each other</p><p>the questions and answering them. See who has the best ideas for recording vocabulary in their</p><p>notebook. The Answer key sometimes gives alternative answers to the exercises, and also gives</p><p>possible model answers for the more personalised ones.</p><p>When the learners have worked through a group of units, it is a good idea to repeat some of</p><p>the work (for example, the exercises) and to expand on the meaning and use of key words and</p><p>phrases by extra discussion in class, and find other examples of the key items in other texts and</p><p>situations. This can be done at intervals of one to three months after first working on a unit. This</p><p>is important, since it is usually the case that learners need five to seven exposures to a word or</p><p>phrase before they can really know it, and no single book can do enough to ensure that words</p><p>are always learnt first time.</p><p>When your students have finished and reviewed all the units in this book, they can move on to</p><p>the next book in this series: English Vocabulary in Use: Pre-intermediate and Intermediate, by</p><p>Stuart Redman.</p><p>Find more resources for teachers at www.cambridge.org</p><p>We hope you enjoy using the book.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 7</p><p>http://www.cambridge.org/</p><p>Audio not supported</p><p>1 The family</p><p>Family words</p><p>A family tree for some of Anne and Ivan Sorokin’s relatives or relations.</p><p>A</p><p>George + Meena</p><p>Ivan and Anne and their children</p><p>Ivan is Anne’s husband and Karen and Jack’s father.</p><p>Anne is Ivan’s wife and Karen and Jack’s mother.</p><p>Anne and Ivan are Karen and Jack’s parents.</p><p>Karen is Anne and Ivan’s daughter. Jack is their son.</p><p>Karen is Jack’s sister. Jack is Karen’s brother.</p><p>Henry and Diana</p><p>Henry is Karen and Jack’s grandfather. Diana is their grandmother.</p><p>Henry and Diana are Karen and Jack’s grandparents.</p><p>Karen is Henry and Diana’s granddaughter. Jack is their grandson.</p><p>Amelia, George and Meena</p><p>George is Karen and Jack’s uncle.</p><p>Amelia and Meena are Karen and Jack’s aunts.</p><p>Karen is Amelia, George and Meena’s niece. Jack is their nephew.</p><p>Kavita and Ravi are Karen and Jack’s cousins.</p><p>Expressions</p><p>Have you got any brothers and sisters? No, I am an only child.</p><p>Do you come from a big family? Yes, I have three brothers and two sisters.</p><p>B</p><p>Henry + Diana</p><p>Amelia Ivan + Anne</p><p>Karen Jack Ravi Kavita</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>We say ‘my/his wife’ (singular) but ‘our/their wives’ (plural).</p><p>8 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Look at the family tree on the opposite page. Complete the sentences.</p><p>1 Kavita is Ravi’s</p><p>2 Ravi is Kavita’s</p><p>3 Anne is Kavita’s</p><p>4 Ivan is Ravi’s</p><p>5 Diana is Ravi’s</p><p>6 Henry is Kavita’s</p><p>7 Ravi is Ivan’s</p><p>8 Kavita is Ivan’s</p><p>9 Meena is Kavita’s</p><p>10 Meena is George’s</p><p>11 Karen is Ravi’s</p><p>TheSorokinshavesomeotherrelatives.Completethesentencesaboutthem.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 9</p><p>1.1</p><p>1.2</p><p>sister</p><p>Meenahasabrother,Sanjay.SanjayisKavitaandRavi’s 1 and Sanjay’s wife is their</p><p>2 . Sanjay and his wife have one son, Prem. Prem is an 3 .</p><p>Henry’sparentsarestillalive.AlexanderisHenry’s 4 and his 5 Leila is</p><p>Henry’s 6 . Alexander and Leila have three 7 –Amelia, Ivan and George.</p><p>Ivan and George and their 8 , Anne and Meena, love their 9 and visit them</p><p>as often as possible.</p><p>Ask a friend these questions. Then write sentences about your friend and their family. For</p><p>example, Marta has one brother but no sisters.</p><p>1 Have you got any brothers and sisters?</p><p>2 Have you got any cousins?</p><p>3 Have you got any nieces or nephews?</p><p>4 Have you got any grandparents?</p><p>5 Do you come from a big family?</p><p>Cover the opposite page. How many family words can you write down in two minutes? Check</p><p>what you wrote carefully with the book. Did you spell everything correctly? Which words did</p><p>you forget?</p><p>1.3</p><p>1.4</p><p>Sanjay Alexander and Leila</p><p>uncle</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Draw your family tree. Then write sentences. Write about your relations. Marta is my mother.</p><p>Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>2 Birth, marriage and death</p><p>Birth</p><p>Anna had a baby yesterday.</p><p>He was born at 1.15 yesterday morning.</p><p>He weighed 3 kilograms.</p><p>They are going to call him John – after John, his</p><p>grandfather.Hisgrandfather’sbirthday isJune</p><p>16th too – but he was born in 1957!</p><p>The baby’s parents were born in 1986.</p><p>A</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Anna had a baby [NOT Anna got a baby].</p><p>He/ She was born [NOT He/ She born or He/ She is born].</p><p>Marriage</p><p>If you do not have a partner, you are single.</p><p>If you have a husband or wife, you are married.</p><p>If your husband or wife dies, you are widowed.</p><p>If your marriage breaks up, you are separated / divorced.</p><p>[the marriage has legally ended]</p><p>Harry and Sarah got married.</p><p>They (got) married in 2001.</p><p>(married without got is more formal)</p><p>They went on their honeymoon to Italy.</p><p>They were married for 15 years.</p><p>B</p><p>Death</p><p>Then Harry became ill.</p><p>He died last year.</p><p>He died of a heart attack.</p><p>C</p><p>The wedding</p><p>(bride)</p><p>groom</p><p>The funeral</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Sarah got married to Harry [NOT with Harry].</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Harry is dead [NOT Harry is died or</p><p>Harry is death].</p><p>bride</p><p>10 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Think of people you know. Where were they born? When?</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>5</p><p>Find a word on the opposite page which means …</p><p>1 thenameforawomanonherweddingday. bride</p><p>2 thenameforamanonhisweddingday.</p><p>3 whatyouareifyouhaven’tgotapartner.</p><p>4 tobe57kilograms.</p><p>5 whatyouareifyourmarriagehaslegallyended.</p><p>6 areligiousserviceforadeadperson.</p><p>7 aholidayafterawedding.</p><p>8 whatyouareifyourhusbandorwifedies.</p><p>Completethesentenceswithwordsfromthebox.</p><p>in after of to born on</p><p>1 2003 Anne got married 2 Daniel Smith. Unfortunately, Daniel’s</p><p>grandmother,LydiaSmith,died 3 old age soon after their wedding. Daniel and Anne were</p><p>4 their honeymoon when she died. Anne’s baby daughter was 5 two years</p><p>later. They called the baby Lydia, 6 Daniel’s grandmother.</p><p>When were these people born and when did they die? Write sentences.</p><p>1 Genghis Khan (1162–1227)Genghis Khan was born in 1162 and died in 1227.</p><p>2 Christopher Columbus (1451–1506)</p><p>3 Leonardo da Vinci (1452–1519)</p><p>4 Princess Diana (1961–1997)</p><p>5 Heath Ledger (1979–2008)</p><p>Complete the sentences using died, dead or death.</p><p>1 Kelly’s grandfather last year.</p><p>2 His made her very sad.</p><p>3 Her grandmother has been for five years now.</p><p>4 She of a heart attack.</p><p>5 Now all Kelly’s grandparents are .</p><p>Write about your family. Use words and expressions from the opposite page.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 11</p><p>Here are some ideas for making your sentences.</p><p>2.1</p><p>2.2</p><p>2.3</p><p>2.4</p><p>2.5</p><p>2.6</p><p>My mother was born in Scotland on July 4th 1967.</p><p>In</p><p>died</p><p>I have</p><p>is a slow car.</p><p>adverbs This car goes very fast. This car goes very slowly.</p><p>B Loud /laud/ and quiet /ˈkwaɪət/</p><p>adjectives The music is too loud. It’s very quiet here.</p><p>adverbs The children sang loudly. The teacher speaks very quietly.</p><p>We can’t hear him.</p><p>C Good and bad</p><p>adjectives She’s a good driver. He’s a bad driver.</p><p>adverbs She drives well. He drives badly.</p><p>D Right and wrong</p><p>This sentence is right. I like coffee very much. [✓]</p><p>This sentence is wrong. I like very much coffee. [✗]</p><p>E Expressions with way</p><p>He’s speaking in a friendly way. She’s speaking in an unfriendly way.</p><p>You’re doing that the wrong way.</p><p>Let me show you the right way to do it.</p><p>114 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>54.1 Complete the sentences.</p><p>slowly1 This train is slow. It goes very</p><p>2 He is a bad singer. He sings very</p><p>3 She is always loud. She speaks very</p><p>4 He’s a fast swimmer. He swims very</p><p>5 This girl is quiet. She always speaks</p><p>6 He’s a good English-speaker. He speaks English</p><p>54.2 Complete the sentences.</p><p>loudly1 Please don’t play your music so - I’m trying to study.</p><p>2 Let’s take the train, not the fast one.</p><p>3 Katie is very at French but bad at German.</p><p>4 Why is Fiona behaving an unfriendly way?</p><p>5 I hope this is the answer.</p><p>6 It is better to do something well than to do it</p><p>7 The children are playing very - they know that grandma is asleep.</p><p>8 Did I do this exercise right way?</p><p>54.3 Are the definitions right or wrong? Use a dictionary.</p><p>word definition right (✓) wrong (✗)</p><p>suddenly very slowly ✗</p><p>sadly in an unhappy way</p><p>strangely not in a normal way</p><p>quickly very slowly</p><p>easily with no difficulty</p><p>54.4 Complete these sentences about yourself and your friends or family.</p><p>sister plays tennis1 My well.</p><p>2 My badly.</p><p>3 I fast.</p><p>4 My slow.</p><p>5 My quiet.</p><p>6 I loudly.</p><p>7 My in a friendly way.</p><p>8 I the right way.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 115</p><p>Common uncountable nouns55</p><p>A What are countable and uncountable nouns?</p><p>COUNTABLE You can count them: four apples, two</p><p>shoes.</p><p>apples shoes plates</p><p>UNCOUNTABLE You can’t count it. [NOT three</p><p>luggages]</p><p>sugar money luggage</p><p>Can I have three apples and some sugar, please?</p><p>Are these shoes yours? Is this luggage yours?</p><p>B Everyday uncountable nouns</p><p>The traffic is bad today.</p><p>This furniture is modern.</p><p>There is some bad news today.He can give some useful</p><p>I’ll give you some advice information about Bangkok.</p><p>about your future.</p><p>It’s terrible weather today. Accommodation here I need some fresh air.</p><p>is expensive.</p><p>Air travel is</p><p>faster than</p><p>Studying is rail travel.</p><p>hard work.</p><p>C Food</p><p>A lot of uncountable nouns are kinds of food and drink.</p><p>rice spaghetti butter bread milk water tea coffee</p><p>Note: When we want to say how</p><p>Tipmuch we want, we say two loaves of</p><p>bread, three litres of milk, a kilo of</p><p>When you learn a new noun, write it down in a phraserice.</p><p>which shows if it is countable or uncountable.</p><p>116 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>55.1 Fill the gaps with an uncountable noun from the opposite page.</p><p>money1 I’d like to buy a car but I haven’t got enough</p><p>2 Cows give us and</p><p>3 If you don’t know what to do, ask your parents for some</p><p>4 The at the seaside is very good for you.</p><p>5 Rob left school last month and is now looking for</p><p>6 There is always a lot of in central London.</p><p>55.2 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.</p><p>1 heavy a information</p><p>2 useful b travel</p><p>3 bad c water</p><p>4 modern d luggage</p><p>5 brown e news</p><p>6 cold f furniture</p><p>7 space g bread</p><p>55.3 Fill the gaps with the correct form of the verb be.</p><p>is1 Accommodation in the city centre expensive.</p><p>2 Spaghetti with Italian tomato sauce very good.</p><p>3 The weather in Scotland best in the autumn.</p><p>4 The news better today than it yesterday.</p><p>5 Travel the most important thing in Sam’s life.</p><p>6 Their furniture very old and very beautiful.</p><p>55.4 Correct the mistakes in these sentences.</p><p>1 The news are not very good today. is</p><p>2 Where can I get some informations about your country?</p><p>3 Let me give you an advice.</p><p>4 Cook these spaghetti for ten minutes.</p><p>5 Can I have a bread, please?</p><p>6 We need to buy some new furnitures.</p><p>7 The east of the country usually has a better weather than the west.</p><p>8 I must find a new accommodation soon.</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Use a dictionary to check if these words are countable or uncountable</p><p>and make a note of them in your vocabulary notebook:</p><p>equipment</p><p>biscuit</p><p>homework</p><p>vehicle</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 117</p><p>56 Common adjectives: Good and bad things</p><p>A Good adjectives</p><p>a good restaurant an excellent restaurant a wonderful view</p><p>/ˈwʌndəfəl/</p><p>good very good</p><p>nice lovely great wonderful excellent</p><p>A: That’s a nice jacket. A: It’s a lovely day today! /ˈlʌvli/</p><p>B: Thank you. B: Yes, it is.</p><p>It’s a great film. We all loved it. A: Do you want to go to London on Saturday?</p><p>B: That’s an excellent idea! [very good]</p><p>B Bad adjectives</p><p>The weather this summer was very bad.</p><p>Other words that mean very bad are dreadful, horrible, terrible:</p><p>The food in that café was horrible. Nobody liked it.</p><p>What’s that dreadful smell?</p><p>I had a terrible day at work today.</p><p>The traffic’s terrible at 5 o’clock on Fridays.</p><p>bad weather</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>A: The train arrives at 7 o’clock; dinner is at 8 o’clock.</p><p>B: Excellent! / Great! / Wonderful! / Lovely! / Perfect!</p><p>Note: We often say not bad when we are speaking.</p><p>A: I get $500 a week in my job.</p><p>B: That’s not bad! (= good!)</p><p>We use these adjectives with how: My hair is awful!</p><p>A: I have to get up at 5.30 tomorrow.</p><p>B: Oh, how awful! / how horrible! Common mistakes</p><p>A: I’ve got a great new job in New York!</p><p>How awful! / How horrible!</p><p>B: How nice! / How wonderful! / How lovely! [NOT How bad!]</p><p>118 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>56.1 Complete the sentences.</p><p>awful1 My hair’s . I must go to the hairdresser’s.</p><p>2 The weather’s . I don’t want to go out.</p><p>3 The traffic is in the city centre. Take the train.</p><p>4 That’s a(n) idea! Let’s do it!</p><p>5 How ! Three exams on the same day!</p><p>6 What a house! The sea is only 100 metres away!</p><p>7 My timetable’s not . I’m free on Wednesdays and Fridays.</p><p>8 We have a view of the mountains from our hotel room.</p><p>56.2 What can you say? Someone says to you …</p><p>1 Do you like my new skirt? Yes, it’s lovely!</p><p>2 I have to get up at 4.30 tomorrow morning.</p><p>3 Do you want to go out for dinner tonight?</p><p>4 (in your town) Excuse me. Is there a good restaurant in this town?</p><p>5 What do you think of your English lessons?</p><p>6 Is it OK if I come to your house at 6.30 tomorrow evening?</p><p>56.3 Match the words on the left with an expression from the right.</p><p>1 Blue sky, sun 25° a Wonderful news</p><p>2 Five stars (*****) b Awful weather</p><p>3 I don’t want to walk. Let’s take a taxi. c Lovely weather</p><p>4 90 out of 100 in an exam d A very good idea</p><p>5 (in summer) Grey sky, wind, rain, 4° e An excellent hotel</p><p>56.4 Put these words into the good or bad column. Use a dictionary.</p><p>dreadful brilliant marvellous nasty fine</p><p>good bad</p><p>dreadful</p><p>56.5 Now think of two nouns to go with each of the adjectives in 56.4.</p><p>Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>weather / filmdreadful</p><p>brilliant</p><p>marvellous</p><p>nasty</p><p>fine</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 119</p><p>Words and prepositions57</p><p>A Phrasal and prepositional verbs</p><p>Some verbs are used with different particles and prepositions.</p><p>I listen to the radio in bed in the morning.</p><p>I waited for the bus for half an hour yesterday.</p><p>I asked for a black coffee, not a white one.</p><p>Where do I pay for our meal?</p><p>I hope you can come to my party.</p><p>This book belongs to Sarah Smith.</p><p>What are you thinking about?</p><p>Lauren thanked her mother for the present.</p><p>Damian apologised for being late.</p><p>B Phrasal verbs</p><p>Some verbs have different meanings when they are</p><p>used with different prepositions, for example, look.</p><p>I love looking at old photographs.</p><p>If you want to find your key, you must look for it.</p><p>Parents look after their children. children</p><p>[they take care of them]</p><p>after</p><p>You look forward to</p><p>something nice in the</p><p>future, for example, a a key for look at a book</p><p>friend’s visit, or a</p><p>holiday. forward to</p><p>a party</p><p>C Adjectives</p><p>Some adjectives are also followed by prepositions.</p><p>I’m good at geography</p><p>but bad at maths.</p><p>I’m interested in (hearing) all your news.</p><p>He is afraid of mice.</p><p>Lucy is proud of winning a medal and her mother is proud of her.</p><p>Note: You are used to what you know well: I’m used Common mistakes</p><p>to getting up early, I always do.</p><p>You have to get used to something new, for example a She’s a lovely person and I’m really</p><p>new school or driving on the other side of the road. happy about her success</p><p>[NOT happy for her success].</p><p>D Grammar</p><p>Prepositions are followed by a noun: Artur is good at tennis</p><p>or by the -ing form of the verb: Artur is good at playing the piano.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Look carefully at prepositions when you read in English. Make a note of any phrases which use</p><p>prepositions in a new way.</p><p>120 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>57.1 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.</p><p>1 John is waiting a for his mistake.</p><p>2 This bicycle belongs b about the holidays.</p><p>3 The children thanked their aunt c for a train to London.</p><p>4 Molly is listening d to the hotel.</p><p>5 He apologised e for our tickets.</p><p>6 Let me pay f to the football match.</p><p>7 Javier is thinking g to music on her phone.</p><p>8 Over 100 people came h for the money.</p><p>57.2 Complete these sentences using the appropriate preposition(s) and a word or phrase from</p><p>the box.</p><p>books the children me people my party it a new one them</p><p>at books1 Isabel’s granddaughter can’t read yet but she likes looking</p><p>2 A nurse looks</p><p>3 I can’t find my glasses? Could you help me look ?</p><p>4 It’s my birthday soon. I’m really looking</p><p>5 Why are you looking in that way? Is my face dirty?</p><p>6 I don’t like my job very much. I’m looking</p><p>7 Alex is going to France in July. He is looking</p><p>8 I often look when their parents go out.</p><p>57.3 Write prepositions.</p><p>toJosephine has got used 1 her new school and is doing well there. She is very good</p><p>2 English and maths. She always listens 3 her teachers. She is very</p><p>interested 4 sport and she belongs 5 a tennis club and a swimming club.</p><p>Her parents were very proud 6 her when she won a medal for swimming last month.</p><p>Josephine was very happy 7 her medal too, of course. She showed it to me when she</p><p>came 8 my house last Saturday.</p><p>57.4 Hiroshi is a visitor from Japan. Make sentences about what he found strange (✗) in Britain and</p><p>what he didn’t find strange (✓).</p><p>1 speaking English every day ✗ He wasn’t used to speaking English every day.</p><p>2 driving on the left ✓ Hiroshi was used to driving on the left.</p><p>3 eating British food ✗</p><p>4 traffic jams ✓</p><p>5 expensive shops ✓</p><p>6 British money ✗</p><p>57.5 Answer the questions about yourself.</p><p>1 What are / were you good at at school? What are / were you bad at?</p><p>2 What do you usually ask for when you go to a café?</p><p>3 What are you proud of?</p><p>4 What are you afraid of?</p><p>5 What kind of music do you like listening to?</p><p>6 What are you looking forward to?</p><p>7 Do you belong to any clubs?</p><p>8 Are you used to eating different kinds of food?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 121</p><p>Prefixes58</p><p>Prefixes come at the beginning of words. They can help you to understand what a new word means.</p><p>Here are some common prefixes.</p><p>prefix meaning examples</p><p>ex (+ noun) was but now isn’t ex-wife, ex-boyfriend</p><p>half (+ noun or adjective) 50% of something half-price, half-hour</p><p>in, im (+ adjective) not informal, impossible</p><p>non (+ adjective or noun) not non-smoking</p><p>pre (+ noun, adjective, verb) before pre-school, pre-heat</p><p>re (+ verb) again redo, rewrite</p><p>un (+ adjective or noun) not unhappy, unsafe</p><p>An ex-wife is a woman who is now divorced.</p><p>An ex-boyfriend is someone who is no longer your boyfriend.</p><p>Something that cost £10 yesterday and costs £5 today is half-price.</p><p>A half-hour journey is a journey of 30 minutes.</p><p>Informal clothes are clothes like jeans and trainers. Formal clothes are things like a suit.</p><p>If something is impossible, you can’t do it. It’s impossible to read with your eyes closed.</p><p>You must not smoke in a non-smoking restaurant.</p><p>Pre-school children are too young to go to school.</p><p>You nearly always need to pre-heat the oven before you cook something.</p><p>To redo something is to do it a second time, and to rewrite something is to write it a second time.</p><p>Unhappy means sad, the opposite of happy.</p><p>Unsafe means dangerous, the opposite of safe.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Sometimes words with prefixes have a hyphen (-), e.g. a half-hour programme, and sometimes they</p><p>don’t, e.g. an impossible question. Use a dictionary when you are not sure if there is a hyphen or not.</p><p>122 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>58.1 Choose one of the words from the opposite page to fit in these sentences.</p><p>non-smoking.1 This part of the restaurant is</p><p>2 I can’t read this. Please your homework.</p><p>3 In English we often say ‘Hi’, not ‘Good morning’.</p><p>4 I liked school but my sister was very there.</p><p>5 I bought two T-shirts because they were in the sale.</p><p>6 Don’t walk on that wall - the notice says it is</p><p>58.2 Write your own sentences to show what these words mean.</p><p>Jennifer Aniston is Brad Pitt’s ex-wife.1 ex-wife</p><p>2 ex-boyfirend</p><p>3 redo</p><p>4 impossible</p><p>5 pre-school</p><p>58.3 What do you think these words and phrases mean? Look at the table opposite to help you.</p><p>1 an ex-husband a man who is now divorced from his wife</p><p>2 pre-exam nerves</p><p>3 an incorrect answer</p><p>4 an unread book</p><p>5 to retell a story</p><p>6 a half-brother</p><p>7 an unfinished letter</p><p>8 a non-alcoholic drink</p><p>9 to reread a book</p><p>10 to resend an email</p><p>58.4 Find the negative forms of these words. Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>1 possible impossible</p><p>2 comfortable</p><p>3 polite</p><p>4 pleasant</p><p>5 attractive</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Look at the table opposite and write one more example of a word</p><p>using each prefix. Use a dictionary to help you. Write a sentence</p><p>using your word.</p><p>ex: My ex-boss lives near me.</p><p>half: You stop at half-time in a football match.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 123</p><p>Suffixes59</p><p>Suffixes come at the end of words. They help you to understand the meaning of a new word. Here are</p><p>some common suffixes.</p><p>suffix meaning examples</p><p>er, or (noun) person worker, swimmer, instructor</p><p>er, or (noun) machine, thing cooker, calculator</p><p>ful (adjective) full of useful, beautiful</p><p>less (adjective) without useless, endless</p><p>ly makes an adverb from an adjective quickly, happily</p><p>ness makes an abstract noun from an happiness, sadness</p><p>adjective</p><p>y makes an adjective from a noun sandy, sunny</p><p>He’s a hard worker. He works 12 hours a day.</p><p>She’s a very good swimmer. She was in the Olympic team.</p><p>Her tennis is much better now that she has a new instructor.</p><p>We’ve got a new gas cooker so the food should be delicious!</p><p>Can we use our calculators in the maths test?</p><p>Thanks for the information. It was very useful.</p><p>What a beautiful photo. I think it will win the competition.</p><p>This book is no help at all - it’s useless.</p><p>I can’t finish this book - it’s endless.</p><p>He was late for work so he went quickly to the station.</p><p>They are happily married with two young children.</p><p>The mother was smiling with happiness as she held her baby in her arms.</p><p>They said goodbye with great sadness because they knew they would probably never meet again.</p><p>That beach is very popular with tourists</p><p>because it is long and sandy.</p><p>It’s a lovely sunny day - let’s go to the beach.</p><p>124 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>59.1 Which of the example words from the opposite page do these pictures illustrate?</p><p>1 a s unny day 3 a s 5 a c</p><p>2 a golf i 4 He’s smiling h 6 a u thing</p><p>59.2 Find the adjectives and match them with the nouns they go with in the box. Some</p><p>adjectives can go with more than one noun.</p><p>electric worker fast beautiful cooker sandy weather sunny car hard idea useful</p><p>book endless swimmer beach guitar smile picture fun useless</p><p>electric cooker / guitar1 6</p><p>2 7</p><p>3 8</p><p>4 9</p><p>5</p><p>59.3 Complete the sentences using the word in brackets and a suffix.</p><p>opener1 Can I use your bottle , please? (open)</p><p>2 I’m tired because I slept very last night. (bad)</p><p>3 The waiter was very and explained everything on the menu. (help)</p><p>4 Thank you very much for all your . (kind)</p><p>5 It’s important not to make mistakes in your writing. (care)</p><p>6 It was wet and most of last week. (wind)</p><p>7 I did the</p><p>homework very . (easy)</p><p>8 Do you know a good who could do some work on our house? (build)</p><p>59.4 What do you think these words and phrases mean? Use the information about suffixes from</p><p>the opposite page to help you.</p><p>1 a hair dryer a thing that you use to dry your hair</p><p>2 a traveller</p><p>3 slowly</p><p>4 hopeful</p><p>5 rainy</p><p>6 painless</p><p>7 badly</p><p>8 a tin opener</p><p>9 a footballer</p><p>10 snowy</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 125</p><p>Words you may confuse60</p><p>This unit looks at words which are easy to mix up.</p><p>A Similar sounds</p><p>quite /kwaɪt/ / quiet /ˈkwaɪət/</p><p>This book is quite good. bad quite good good</p><p>My bedroom is very quiet [silent].</p><p>lose /luːz/ loose /luːs/</p><p>A: Why do I always lose my keys!</p><p>B: Here they are.</p><p>A: Oh, thank you!</p><p>If you lose something, you do not know where it is / you can’t find it.</p><p>These trousers are very loose. (loose means they are not tight, because they are too big)</p><p>fell / felt</p><p>Fell is the past of fall.</p><p>Yesterday I fell and broke my arm.</p><p>Felt is the past of feel.</p><p>I felt ill yesterday, but I feel OK today.</p><p>cook / cooker</p><p>He is a very good cook [the person who cooks].</p><p>This cooker costs £500. [the thing you cook on]</p><p>B Similar or related meanings Do you want</p><p>lend / borrow to borrow it?</p><p>If you lend something, you give it.</p><p>If you borrow something, you get it.</p><p>Sam wants a bicycle:</p><p>SAM: Will you lend me your bicycle? (= you give it to me for one day / an hour, etc.)</p><p>or Can I borrow your bicycle? (= I get it from you)</p><p>RITA: Yes, take it.</p><p>SAM: Thanks.</p><p>check / control</p><p>The passport officer checked my passport. [looked at it]</p><p>We use the mouse to control the computer. [tell it what to do]</p><p>C Other words often mixed up</p><p>They’re waiting for the bus. In English the afternoon is from about</p><p>I hope I pass my exams. [I really 12 o’clock till 5 or 6 pm.</p><p>want to pass] The evening is from 5 or 6 pm until about 9 or 10 pm.</p><p>I haven’t studied; I expect I’ll fail After 9 or 10 pm it is the night.</p><p>my exams. [it’s probable]</p><p>afternoon evening</p><p>126 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>60.1 Fill the gaps with words from A opposite. The first letter is given.</p><p>uiet1 Please be q . The baby is sleeping.</p><p>2 If you l your passport you must call the embassy.</p><p>3 I f tired this morning, but I am OK now.</p><p>4 We are going to buy a c for our new kitchen.</p><p>5 She f and broke her leg. She had to go to hospital.</p><p>6 It’s q cold today.</p><p>7 Do you have this skirt in a smaller size? This one is too l</p><p>8 My sister is a good c . I love eating at her house.</p><p>60.2 What does each word below sound like? Circle the correct word.</p><p>1 lose juice shoes</p><p>2 loose juice shoes</p><p>3 quite right higher</p><p>4 quiet right higher</p><p>60.3 Answer these questions.</p><p>control it.1 Why do we use a mouse with a computer? To</p><p>2 What does the passport officer do to your passport? He/She</p><p>3 If you want to use someone’s camera for two hours, what do you say?</p><p>Can I ?</p><p>4 What do you say to someone at 3 pm? Good</p><p>5 What do people do at a bus stop? They</p><p>6 What do you say to a friend if you need £1?</p><p>Can you ?</p><p>7 What do you say if someone makes too much noise? Please be</p><p>60.4 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 Are you expecting any visitors today?</p><p>2 What do you hope to do this summer?</p><p>3 Do you borrow things from your friends? What things?</p><p>4 Would you lend £100 to your best friend?</p><p>Look at these units to find other words that are often confused:</p><p>Do and make Units 40 and 41</p><p>Take and bring Units 43 and 44</p><p>Say, tell, speak and talk Unit 48</p><p>Rob and steal Unit 34</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Look up these pairs of verbs in a dictionary and</p><p>make notes on the difference in meaning:</p><p>1 lie - lay - lain</p><p>lay - laid - laid</p><p>2 rise - rose - risen</p><p>raise - raised - raised</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 127</p><p>Answer key</p><p>Unit 1</p><p>1.1 2 brother 7 nephew</p><p>3 aunt 8 niece</p><p>4 uncle 9 mother</p><p>5 grandmother 10 wife</p><p>6 grandfather 11 cousin</p><p>1.2 2 aunt</p><p>3 only child</p><p>4 father</p><p>5 wife</p><p>6 mother</p><p>7 grandchildren</p><p>8 wives</p><p>9 grandparents (parents is also a possible answer)</p><p>1.3 Possible answers:</p><p>1 Marta has / has got one brother and one sister.</p><p>2 Marta has / has got two cousins.</p><p>3 Marta has / has got two nephews but she hasn’t got any nieces.</p><p>4 Marta has / has got only one grandmother now.</p><p>5 Marta doesn’t come from a very big family.</p><p>1.4 Your own answer</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible family tree:</p><p>I am José. Ana Maria is my wife. Javier and Isabella are our children. Javier is our son and Isabella</p><p>is our daughter. Rosa is our niece. Antonio, Pedro and Juan are our nephews. Carla and Luis are my</p><p>parents. Jorge is my brother and Dolores and Consuela are my sisters.</p><p>Carla + Luis</p><p>Jorge + Victoria Ana Maria + José Alejandro + Dolores Consuela</p><p>Antonio Pedro Javier Isabella Rosa Juan</p><p>Unit 2</p><p>2.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 My father was born in South Africa on June 4th 1959.</p><p>3 My brother was born in London on June 6th 1984.</p><p>4 My husband was born in Russia on February 6th 1979.</p><p>5 My son was born in Cambridge on October 16th 2005.</p><p>2.2 2 (bride)groom 6 funeral</p><p>3 single 7 honeymoon</p><p>4 weigh 8 widowed</p><p>5 divorced</p><p>2.3 2 to 3 of 4 on 5 born 6 after</p><p>128 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>2.4 2 Christopher Columbus was born in 1451 and died in 1506.</p><p>3 Leonardo da Vinci was born in 1452 and died in 1519.</p><p>4 Princess Diana was born in 1961 and died in 1997.</p><p>5 Heath Ledger was born in 1979 and died in 2008.</p><p>2.5 2 death 3 dead 4 died 5 dead</p><p>2.6 Possible answer:</p><p>I have one brother and one sister. My sister got married this year. For her honeymoon, she went to</p><p>Italy. My brother has two children. They were born in 2001 and 2008.</p><p>Unit 3</p><p>3.1 2 nose 7 tooth</p><p>3 heart 8 thumb</p><p>4 stomach 9 back</p><p>5 shoulder 10 waist</p><p>6 ear</p><p>3.2 2 toes 6 ears</p><p>3 teeth 7 knee / shoulders</p><p>4 nose 8 blood</p><p>5 heart 9 brain</p><p>3.3 2 That woman has got very big feet.</p><p>3 My grandfather has a pain in his shoulder.</p><p>4 The baby has already got two teeth.</p><p>5 The little girl needs to wash her face and her hands before dinner.</p><p>6 My hair is dirty. I need to wash it.</p><p>3.4 2 football 5 headscarf</p><p>3 lipstick 6 handbag</p><p>4 hairbrush</p><p>13.5 m</p><p>o</p><p>u</p><p>2 f o o t</p><p>i h</p><p>3 4k n e e</p><p>g y</p><p>5e n e c k</p><p>r</p><p>s</p><p>Unit 4</p><p>4.1 1 suit, shirt, tie</p><p>2 T-shirt, shorts</p><p>3 socks, trainers</p><p>4 carrying, bag</p><p>5 belt</p><p>6 jacket, coat</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 129</p><p>4.2 2 belt - waist 6 glove - hand</p><p>3 hat - head 7 tights - legs</p><p>4 glasses - eyes 8 scarf - neck</p><p>5 shoe - foot</p><p>4.3 1 is 5 were; are</p><p>2 is wearing 6 Is</p><p>3 has; is carrying 7 are</p><p>4 is; are 8 is wearing / has</p><p>4.4 2 jumper 7 coat</p><p>3 umbrella 8 watch</p><p>4 skirt 9 shirt</p><p>5 suitcase 10 hat</p><p>6 boots</p><p>4.5 morning night</p><p>get dressed get undressed</p><p>or put your clothes on or take your clothes off</p><p>4.6 Possible answer:</p><p>I’m wearing a blue T-shirt and black trousers. I’ve got white shoes on. I’m wearing a watch, three</p><p>rings and a pair of glasses.</p><p>Unit 5</p><p>5.1 2 tall 5 young</p><p>3 slim / thin 6 fat / overweight</p><p>4 fair 7 elderly</p><p>5.2 2 Is Elena’s hair blonde / fair?</p><p>3 Is Mike’s hair long?</p><p>4 Are your parents elderly? (Are your parents old? is a less polite question)</p><p>5 Is his sister pretty / beautiful?</p><p>6 Why is Sara so thin?</p><p>5.3 Possible answers:</p><p>2 Jeff has short fair hair and a beard.</p><p>3 Anika’s got dark skin and dark hair.</p><p>4 Stefan’s hair is long and he has a moustache.</p><p>5.4 2 What does your teacher look like?</p><p>3 How much do you weigh? / How heavy are you?</p><p>4 How old is your mother?</p><p>5 How tall is your sister?</p><p>6 What do your parents look like?</p><p>5.5 Possible answers:</p><p>2 She’s tall and slim with blonde hair.</p><p>3 I’m 75 kilos. I’m not overweight but I’m not thin.</p><p>4 She’s middle-aged. She’s 49.</p><p>5 She’s very tall for her age. She’s 1 metre 58.</p><p>6 They’re medium height. My mother has long dark hair and my father has fair hair and a beard and</p><p>a moustache.</p><p>130 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>Joanna: Joanna is tall. She has long black hair and brown eyes. She’s very pretty.</p><p>Kevin: Kevin is medium height. He has fair hair and a beard. His eyes are blue. He’s average-looking.</p><p>My mother: My mother is short with grey hair. She has green eyes. She’s beautiful.</p><p>Unit 6</p><p>6.1 2 I feel sick. / I don’t feel very well. / I feel ill.</p><p>3 feel ill.</p><p>4 I’ve got toothache.</p><p>5 a cold</p><p>6.2 illness treatment</p><p>a</p><p>headache take an aspirin</p><p>toothache go to the dentist</p><p>a heart attack go to hospital</p><p>a cold go to bed with a hot drink</p><p>6.3 2 cholera 4 hay fever</p><p>3 asthma 5 cancer / heart attacks</p><p>6.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 Yes, I eat a lot of fruit and vegetables, and not many sweet things.</p><p>2 I like / love swimming and cycling.</p><p>3 Yes, I feel stressed when I have exams.</p><p>4 Yes, I had an operation once / I broke my leg, etc. (‘Be in hospital’ means you are ill, you are a</p><p>patient. ‘Be in a hospital’ can just mean you are visiting someone.)</p><p>5 Yes, I start sneezing as soon as I get near flowers or grass.</p><p>Unit 7</p><p>7.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 I hate cowboy films. 6 I love cats.</p><p>3 I like flying. 7 I like cars.</p><p>4 I like tea. 8 I don’t like jazz music.</p><p>5 I don’t like football.</p><p>7.2 Possible answers:</p><p>2 I prefer cats to dogs.</p><p>3 I prefer sightseeing to sunbathing.</p><p>4 I prefer cars to bikes.</p><p>5 I prefer strawberry to chocolate ice cream.</p><p>6 I prefer watching sport to doing sport.</p><p>7.3 Possible answers:</p><p>2 I hope (that) the lesson ends soon.</p><p>3 I want some food.</p><p>4 I hope (that) my friend feels better soon.</p><p>5 I want to go to bed.</p><p>6 I want to cry.</p><p>7 I hope (that) it gets hotter soon.</p><p>8 I want him / her to feel / be happy again soon.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 131</p><p>7.4 2 Nicholas is thirsty. 5 Fiona is surprised.</p><p>3 Max is cold. 6 The children are hot.</p><p>4 Sunita is tired.</p><p>7.5 2 I am happy about my sister’s good news.</p><p>3 The teacher wants us to learn these new words.</p><p>4 I really like spiders.</p><p>5 My brother has a good new job. I’m very happy for him.</p><p>6 My parents want me to go to university.</p><p>7 I feel very well. How about you?</p><p>8 Priya is a bit tired this morning.</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 I felt hungry when I saw some chocolate in a shop window.</p><p>3 I felt tired yesterday after school.</p><p>4 I felt angry when somebody stole my mobile phone.</p><p>Unit 8</p><p>8.1 2 Good luck! 6 Fine, thanks.</p><p>3 Congratulations! / Well done! 7 Hello! / Hi!</p><p>4 Goodbye. 8 Thank you / Cheers.</p><p>5 Happy Birthday!</p><p>8.2 2 Happy Christmas! 5 Sorry!</p><p>3 Thank you! 6 Good morning!</p><p>4 Congratulations!</p><p>8.3 2 Thank you. Cheers! 6 Happy New Year!</p><p>3 Goodnight. Sleep well. 7 Sorry!</p><p>4 Good morning. 8 Happy Christmas!</p><p>5 Good afternoon.</p><p>8.4 Possible answers:</p><p>ANN: How are you?</p><p>YOU: Fine, thanks.</p><p>ANN: It’s my birthday today.</p><p>YOU: Happy birthday!</p><p>ANN: Would you like a drink?</p><p>YOU: Yes, please. An orange juice.</p><p>ANN: Here you are.</p><p>YOU: Cheers! / Thank you!</p><p>8.5 Possible answer:</p><p>A: Hello, good morning.</p><p>B: Hi. How are you?</p><p>A: Fine, thanks. And you?</p><p>B: I'm very well. I passed my maths exam!</p><p>A: Well done! I'm taking an exam in physics this afternoon. I'm a little nervous.</p><p>B: Good luck! You'll do fine.</p><p>A: I hope so, because it's also my birthday today.</p><p>B: Is it? Happy Birthday! Why don’t we go out for a drink this evening?</p><p>A: OK. See you later. Goodbye.</p><p>B: Goodbye. See you soon.</p><p>132 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Unit 9</p><p>9.1 2 around 5 actually (really is also possible)</p><p>3 really 6 around</p><p>4 else</p><p>9.2 2 mind 3 Let’s 4 Be careful 5 anyway</p><p>9.3 2 Look out! 5 Hurry up!</p><p>3 What a pity! 6 Well done!</p><p>4 It’s up to you.</p><p>9.4 VERA: We need to celebrate. I got a new job!</p><p>LUKE: Well done! How about going out for a meal this evening?</p><p>VERA: Great! Let’s go to that Italian restaurant. Or do you prefer the Chinese one?</p><p>LUKE: I don’t mind. I like the Italian one but it’s very expensive.</p><p>VERA: Oh, it doesn’t matter.</p><p>LUKE: OK. Why don’t we go to the Italian restaurant and then we could go to the</p><p>cinema afterwards? Your new job needs a special celebration.</p><p>VERA: I agree. And I’d love to see that film with George Clooney. Would you?</p><p>LUKE: Absolutely!</p><p>Unit 10</p><p>10.1 2 Pasta; pizza (in either order) 5 meat</p><p>3 potatoes 6 hot dog</p><p>4 fish and chips</p><p>10.2 fruit vegetables</p><p>pineapple beans</p><p>grapes onions</p><p>apple carrot</p><p>pear garlic</p><p>mushrooms</p><p>10.3 2 strawberry 5 potatoes</p><p>3 peas 6 tomatoes</p><p>4 apple</p><p>10.4 2 beer 5 fruit juice</p><p>3 milk 6 mineral water</p><p>4 coffee</p><p>10.5 2 c 3 c 4 b 5 a 6 c</p><p>10.6 Possible answer:</p><p>My favourite foods are pizza, fish, strawberries and pineapple.</p><p>My favourite drinks are tea, coffee and fruit juice.</p><p>They are quite good for you.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 133</p><p>Unit 11</p><p>11.1 2 yes</p><p>3 yes</p><p>4 no, the freezer is colder than the fridge</p><p>5 yes</p><p>6 no, a tea towel is for drying plates</p><p>11.2 Possible questions:</p><p>2 Where’s the saucepan / frying pan?</p><p>3 Where do these bowls go?</p><p>4 Can I help with the washing-up?</p><p>5 Where can I find the milk?</p><p>11.3 Possible answers:</p><p>2 a cup, a teapot, a spoon</p><p>3 a frying pan, a cooker</p><p>4 a plate or bowl, a knife and fork, or a spoon and fork, or chopsticks</p><p>5 a glass or a cup or a mug</p><p>6 a microwave</p><p>7 washing-up liquid, a sink and a cloth or a dishwasher</p><p>8 a washing machine</p><p>11.4 2 a frying pan and a glass 5 a kitchen roll</p><p>3 a teapot and a tea towel (or cloth) 6 (a cupboard with) a bin and a cloth</p><p>4 on the worktop next to the cooker</p><p>Unit 12</p><p>12.1 2 wardrobe 7 bedside lamp</p><p>3 mirror 8 bedside table</p><p>4 hairbrush 9 alarm clock</p><p>5 comb 10 chest of drawers</p><p>6 bed</p><p>12.2 Possible answers:</p><p>toothpaste, hairbrush, comb, pyjamas, shower gel</p><p>12.3 2 Selim and Umit are washing their faces.</p><p>3 Mrs Park is going downstairs.</p><p>4 Mr Park is having a bath.</p><p>5 Jaime is getting dressed.</p><p>6 Lee is turning off the light.</p><p>12.4 Possible answers:</p><p>bath, shower, toilet, basin, soap, shower gel, shampoo, toothbrush, toothpaste, hairbrush, comb,</p><p>razor, mirror, bathroom cupboard, shelf</p><p>12.5 Possible answers:</p><p>2 My bedroom has two windows.</p><p>3 In my bedroom there is a small bed.</p><p>4 There is one wardrobe on the right of the room.</p><p>5 True</p><p>6 I’ve got a lamp, some books, a radio and an alarm clock on my bedside table.</p><p>7 There is a chest of drawers next to the wardrobe.</p><p>8 I have got a dressing table.</p><p>134 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>12.6 2 10.30 (for example) 6 off 10 shower / bath</p><p>3 undressed 7 fall 11 clean</p><p>4 get 8 wake 12 get</p><p>5 for 9 up</p><p>Unit 13</p><p>13.1 2 a sofa 6 a hi-fi</p><p>3 a coffee table 7 a carpet or rug</p><p>4 a picture 8 a remote control</p><p>5 a light switch</p><p>13.2 2 e 5 d</p><p>3 f 6 a</p><p>4 c</p><p>13.3 2 I don’t often listen to the radio.</p><p>3 We need some more bookshelves in this room.</p><p>4 I watched television all evening yesterday. (not ‘at’)</p><p>5 It’s dark now. Please close the curtains.</p><p>6 Liam has some very nice furniture in his house.</p><p>13.4 F T A L W X A R O C F Y D</p><p>E R L S O C K E T U I I U</p><p>D K A G L N T B C R I E F</p><p>R E M O T E C O N T R O L</p><p>A Y P F C H A I R A P J I</p><p>D E C H K I R G T I R U G</p><p>I B O O K F P S I N E B H</p><p>O G F E A I E L H S C R T</p><p>S U A T L E T V C A E U O</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible answer:</p><p>In my living room there is not much furniture. There is a table, a TV, a desk, a sofa and two armchairs.</p><p>The walls are white and there are some pictures on them. I like to relax in the living room. In the</p><p>evening I watch TV there, or listen to music.</p><p>Unit 14</p><p>14.1 2 A doctor works in a hospital (or a clinic, or a surgery).</p><p>3 A waiter works in a restaurant (or a café).</p><p>4 A secretary works in an office.</p><p>5 A shop assistant works in a shop.</p><p>6 A hairdresser works in a beauty salon (or a hairdresser’s).</p><p>14.2 2 engineer</p><p>3 taxi driver</p><p>4 nurse</p><p>5 mechanic</p><p>6 secretary</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 135</p><p>14.3 Across Down</p><p>1 bus driver 1 doctor</p><p>2 teacher 2 waiter</p><p>3 writer 3 nurse</p><p>14.4 2 engineer 5 clerk</p><p>3 warden 6 officer</p><p>4 librarian</p><p>14.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I’m a teacher. 2 In a university. 3 Yes, very interesting.</p><p>Unit 15</p><p>15.1 2 d 4 f 6 i 8 a</p><p>3 g 5 b 7 e 9 h</p><p>15.2 board rubber, ruler, piece of paper, pencil sharpener, drawing pin, pencil, textbook, notebook, pen</p><p>15.3 Possible answer:</p><p>In the room where I study English I can see a whiteboard, a noticeboard, a notebook, some pens,</p><p>a pencil, a board rubber and a pencil sharpener.</p><p>15.4 2 does 7 fails</p><p>3 passes 8 study</p><p>4 take / do 9 do</p><p>5 passes 10 get</p><p>6 go</p><p>15.5 Possible answer:</p><p>My three favourite subjects were languages, English and art. I didn’t like PE, physics and maths.</p><p>Unit 16</p><p>16.1 Possible answer:</p><p>I have the following: address, letter, envelope, stamp, phone number, phone, mobile, computer,</p><p>screen, memory stick, mouse, keyboard, mobile device, CD-ROM,</p><p>and email address.</p><p>16.2 2 phone box 6 address 10 laptop</p><p>3 mobile (phone) 7 envelope 11 memory stick</p><p>4 stamp 8 letter box 12 phone</p><p>5 mouse 9 screen</p><p>16.3 2 speak 5 take (or give him)</p><p>3 sorry 6 call (or phone or ring)</p><p>4 at</p><p>16.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 01223 240754: oh one double two three, two four oh, seven five four</p><p>0207 4417895: oh two oh seven, double four one, seven eight nine five</p><p>2 steve@stuff.co.uk: Steve at stuff dot co dot U-K</p><p>katerina08@coldmail.com: katerina oh eight at coldmail dot com</p><p>16.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I prefer to phone my friends. 3 I go online several times a day. 5 I don’t write letters</p><p>2 I send more emails. 4 I prefer to use a laptop. very often.</p><p>136 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>mailto:steve@stuff.co.uk</p><p>mailto:katerina08@coldmail.com</p><p>Unit 17</p><p>17.1 2 a 4 b</p><p>3 e 5 c</p><p>17.2 2 charger 5 SIM card</p><p>3 call 6 phone case</p><p>4 camera</p><p>17.3 2 takes 4 called</p><p>3 downloaded 5 left</p><p>17.4 2 swipe 3 saved</p><p>17.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I don’t use a PIN to lock my phone.</p><p>2 I have a phone case. It’s yellow and has a smiley face on it.</p><p>3 The apps I use most often are WhatsApp and Google maps.</p><p>4 I save all my photos, but my memory gets full and I have to delete them sometimes.</p><p>5 I took a selfie when I went on holiday two months ago.</p><p>6 I prefer to text people because if you call, it may not be a good time for people to answer.</p><p>Unit 18</p><p>18.1 2 going 3 time 4 by 5 send</p><p>18.2 2 a package holiday (or package tour) 4 a walking holiday</p><p>3 a coach tour 5 a winter holiday</p><p>18.3 Possible answers:</p><p>you can take a very fast cheap you see a lot relaxing</p><p>lot of luggage as you travel</p><p>ferry ✓✓ ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓</p><p>car ✓✓✓ ✓✓ ✓✓ ✓✓✓ ✓</p><p>flight ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓✓</p><p>18.4 2 passport 5 rucksack</p><p>3 camera 6 tickets</p><p>4 luggage (or suitcase)</p><p>18.5 2 a visa 4 a rucksack</p><p>3 a plane 5 a suitcase</p><p>18.6 2 nightlife 3 local 4 postcard</p><p>Unit 19</p><p>19.1 2 toy shop 5 gift shop</p><p>3 butcher 6 baker</p><p>4 newsagent</p><p>19.2 2 a supermarket 5 a bookshop</p><p>3 the post office (or a newsagent) 6 a department store (or perhaps a supermarket)</p><p>4 a gift shop</p><p>19.3 2 ground floor 5 first floor 8 basement</p><p>3 fourth floor 6 second floor 9 third floor</p><p>4 basement 7 second floor 10 fourth floor</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 137</p><p>19.4 2 cash</p><p>3 (a £20) note</p><p>4 a credit or a debit card</p><p>5 change</p><p>6 a shop that sells meat</p><p>7 the floor above the ground floor (in a British building)</p><p>8 a shop that sells newspapers and magazines</p><p>9 the floor under the ground floor</p><p>19.5 2 Closed 4 Push</p><p>3 Pull 5 Open</p><p>19.6 1 cost</p><p>2 pay</p><p>3 (carrier) bag</p><p>Unit 20</p><p>20.1 2 e 3 f 4 a 5 b 6 c</p><p>20.2 2 reviews 5 delivery</p><p>3 add 6 credit card</p><p>4 delete</p><p>20.3 2 order number</p><p>3 post code</p><p>4 next day</p><p>20.4 2 E 3 B 4 C 5 D 6 A</p><p>20.5 Possible answers</p><p>1 Yes, a lot of people shop online in my country.</p><p>2 Yes, I’ve bought clothes and games.</p><p>3 Yes, I sometimes read the reviews before I buy things, but it depends what I buy.</p><p>Unit 21</p><p>21.1 2 shower 5 hairdryer 8 lift</p><p>3 TV 6 sea</p><p>4 phone 7 key</p><p>21.2 2 a 3 h 4 f 5 b 6 g 7 c 8 e</p><p>21.3 1 At reception you can order room service.</p><p>2 We’d like a double room with a view of the garden, please.</p><p>3 The lift is over there. Take it to the second floor.</p><p>4 Please fill in this form.</p><p>5 I’d like a wake-up call at 7.30 and I’d like to have breakfast in my room, please.</p><p>6 I have a reservation for a single room with a bathroom.</p><p>7 Can I have the bill, please? I’ll check it now.</p><p>8 I’m leaving today. Can I exchange some dollars here before I check out?</p><p>21.4 Possible answers:</p><p>Can I have breakfast in my room, please?</p><p>Can I have / check my bill, please?</p><p>Can I have a double room for tonight, please?</p><p>Can I have some help with my luggage? or Can I leave my luggage here, please?</p><p>138 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>21.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 It costs about £100. 3 Breakfast is usually from 7 to 10.</p><p>2 00 44 (from e.g. France) 4 I think a TV is most important for me.</p><p>Unit 22</p><p>22.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 restaurant 4 café</p><p>3 fast food restaurant 5 bar / pub</p><p>22.2 Possible answers:</p><p>2 café - Jim’s Corner Café</p><p>3 take-away - Corner Kebabs</p><p>4 restaurant - The Taj Mahal</p><p>5 bar - The Red Lion</p><p>22.3 2 curry 3 salad 4 pie 5 steak</p><p>22.4 WAITER: Are you ready to order?</p><p>CUSTOMER: Yes, I’d like vegetable soup and steak, please.</p><p>WAITER: How would you like your steak? Rare, medium or well-done?</p><p>CUSTOMER: Rare, please.</p><p>WAITER: What would you like to drink?</p><p>CUSTOMER: An orange juice, please.</p><p>22.5 Your own answers</p><p>22.6 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I’d choose mixed salad, vegetable curry and ice cream.</p><p>2 Vegetarians can eat soup of the day, mixed salad and vegetable curry.</p><p>3 I like eating out very much.</p><p>4 I go to a restaurant two or three times a month.</p><p>Unit 23</p><p>23.1 2 swimming 5 volleyball</p><p>3 judo / karate 6 motor racing</p><p>4 sailing</p><p>23.2 2 badminton 6 basketball</p><p>3 table tennis 7 skiing</p><p>4 snowboarding 8 American football</p><p>5 baseball</p><p>23.3 2 Do you play football?</p><p>3 Do you do any sports?</p><p>4 Do you go swimming? / like swimming? / swim?</p><p>5 What is your favourite sport?</p><p>6 Where do people play rugby?</p><p>23.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 swimming, skiing, table tennis, tennis, kayaking</p><p>2 in a swimming pool, in the mountains, at home, at a sports centre, on a river</p><p>3 I like swimming, kayaking and table tennis.</p><p>4 I don’t like tennis.</p><p>5 I’d like to go sailing.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 139</p><p>Unit 24</p><p>24.1 2 science fiction 5 cartoon 7 thriller</p><p>3 horror 6 romantic comedy 8 musical</p><p>4 action</p><p>24.2 Possible answers:</p><p>2 romantic comedy - My Best Friend’s Wedding</p><p>3 thriller - Psycho</p><p>4 western - High Noon</p><p>5 musical - High School Musical</p><p>6 cartoon - Shrek</p><p>R24.3 T H R I L L E</p><p>R R OH O R</p><p>E DC O M Y</p><p>I OA C T N</p><p>C I E I C T I OS N C E F N</p><p>E S E RW T N</p><p>U S AM I C L</p><p>R T NC A O O</p><p>24.4 2 watched (some people say ‘saw a DVD’)</p><p>3 played</p><p>4 in</p><p>5 film stars</p><p>6 director</p><p>24.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I like romantic comedies.</p><p>2 My favourite film star is Nicole Kidman.</p><p>3 I prefer going to the cinema.</p><p>4 The last film I saw was Jason Bourne.</p><p>5 You can look in the newspaper, go online or phone the cinema.</p><p>Unit 25</p><p>25.1 2 He’s gardening. 5 She’s using the Internet. / She’s using the computer.</p><p>3 He’s reading a newspaper. 6 He’s listening to music.</p><p>4 He’s cooking.</p><p>25.2 2 reading 5 have / invite 8 see / watch</p><p>3 talk 6 play 9 grows</p><p>4 have 7 download 10 watch</p><p>25.3 Possible answers:</p><p>1 We talk, or we have a meal, or we listen to music, etc.</p><p>2 My best friend sometimes comes to stay. / My cousins sometimes come to stay, etc.</p><p>3 I like novels, and I read a newspaper every day.</p><p>4 I talk to them on the phone every day.</p><p>5 I don’t have a garden. I live in a flat.</p><p>6 I chat to my friends online once or twice a week.</p><p>7 I often download music or films from the Internet.</p><p>8 The Sims is my favourite computer game.</p><p>9 I use headphones when I want to listen to music on a train.</p><p>140 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>25.4 Possible answers:</p><p>gardening 2</p><p>cooking 4</p><p>reading 5</p><p>using the Internet 5</p><p>watching DVDs 4</p><p>listening to music 5</p><p>doing nothing 1</p><p>chatting online 2</p><p>Unit 26</p><p>26.1 2 musician 3 musical 4 music 5 musical 6 musicians</p><p>26.2 2 Abigail plays the cello in an orchestra.</p><p>3 Noah loves playing the drums.</p><p>4 Emily is having a piano lesson.</p><p>5 Mason is a very good trumpet-player.</p><p>6 Ella plays the clarinet every evening.</p><p>7 William plays the guitar.</p><p>8 Emma is learning the flute. She will be a good flute-player one day.</p><p>9 Madison is a violinist.</p><p>10 Emily wants to be a pianist.</p><p>26.3 2 a 3 c 4 b 5 c</p><p>26.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I download music about once a month. 4 I would like to learn the piano.</p><p>2 I like the violin best. 5 I like classical music and pop music!</p><p>3 Yes, I play the violin and the guitar.</p><p>Unit 27</p><p>27.1 2 Brazil 5 Japan</p><p>3 Spain 6 Thailand</p><p>4 Morocco</p><p>27.2 2 Rome is the capital of Italy. 7 Berlin is the capital of Germany.</p><p>3 Canberra is the capital of Australia. 8 Warsaw is the capital of Poland.</p><p>4 Bogotá is the capital of Colombia. 9 Buenos Aires is the capital of Argentina.</p><p>5 Cairo is the capital of Egypt. 10 Madrid is the capital of Spain.</p><p>6 London is the capital of the UK.</p><p>27.3 2 In Mexico, Spain and Chile they speak Spanish but in Brazil they speak Portuguese.</p><p>3 In Austria,</p><p>Germany and Switzerland they speak German but in Italy they speak Italian.</p><p>4 In Morocco, Egypt and Saudi Arabia they speak Arabic but in China they speak Chinese.</p><p>5 In Switzerland, Canada and France they speak French but in Scotland they speak English.</p><p>27.4 2 Thai 7 Peruvian</p><p>3 German 8 Chinese</p><p>4 Egyptian 9 Australian</p><p>5 Argentinian 10 Polish</p><p>6 Spanish</p><p>27.5 Check your answers with your teacher.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 141</p><p>Over to you</p><p>The Sahara is in Africa.</p><p>The Amazon is in South America.</p><p>Wagga Wagga is in Australasia.</p><p>The Volga is in Europe.</p><p>Mount Kilimanjaro is in Africa.</p><p>The Mississippi is in North America.</p><p>Mount Fuji is in Asia.</p><p>Lake Titicaca is in South America.</p><p>Unit 28</p><p>28.1 2 f 3 d 4 g 5 c 6 e 7 b</p><p>28.2 3 It is windy in La Paz.</p><p>4 It is cloudy in Paris.</p><p>5 It is foggy in Tashkent.</p><p>6 It is sunny in Seoul. / The sun is shining in Seoul.</p><p>7 It is snowing in Washington. / It’s snowy in Washington.</p><p>28.3 2 rains 6 degrees</p><p>3 weather 7 storm</p><p>4 snows 8 cold</p><p>5 lightning</p><p>28.4 Possible answers:</p><p>2 It is usually 20 degrees in summer and 0 (zero) degrees in winter.</p><p>3 There are sometimes thunderstorms in August.</p><p>4 It is not usually very wet in spring.</p><p>5 We almost never have hurricanes.</p><p>6 Summer is usually warm but we can have thunderstorms.</p><p>28.5 Possible answers:</p><p>2 sunny weather - I like to go to the beach / for a walk / lie in the sun.</p><p>3 a rainy day - I don’t like to go out / I don’t like to do sports.</p><p>4 snow - I like to walk in the snow / I like to go skiing.</p><p>5 a windy day - I like to go windsurfing / I don’t like to go out / I love to go for a walk.</p><p>Unit 29</p><p>29.1 2 at the tourist information office 6 at the (train / railway) station</p><p>3 at the bank 7 at / in the shopping centre</p><p>4 in / at the car park 8 at the post office</p><p>5 at the museum</p><p>29.2 2 Exit 4 Please do not walk on the grass</p><p>3 No smoking 5 Entrance</p><p>29.3 2 The bus station / stop is over there on the left.</p><p>3 For the Town Hall take the number 14 bus.</p><p>4 There is a post office on the other side of the road.</p><p>5 You can find a cash machine at the bank in High Street.</p><p>6 We can get a map of the town at the tourist information office.</p><p>7 Can you tell me the way to the railway station, please?</p><p>8 Excuse me. I’m looking for a car park.</p><p>142 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>29.4 2 town hall 5 railway station 8 post office</p><p>3 library 6 pedestrian area 9 shops</p><p>4 car park 7 cash machine 10 bus stop</p><p>29.5 Possible answer:</p><p>Go left out of the tourist information office and take the first left. Then take the second left, which is</p><p>Market Street. The shopping centre is on the left.</p><p>29.6 Your own answers</p><p>Unit 30</p><p>30.1 2 forest 6 farm 10 fields</p><p>3 village 7 river 11 lake</p><p>4 hills 8 country road</p><p>5 wood 9 path</p><p>30.2 2 cottage 3 village 4 town</p><p>30.3 2 d 3 e 4 b 5 a</p><p>30.4 2 He loves nature.</p><p>3 She wants to live in the country.</p><p>4 They are interested in wildlife.</p><p>30.5 Possible answers:</p><p>2 There are no hills or mountains.</p><p>3 There’s a big lake and two small rivers.</p><p>4 There are a lot of villages and some small towns.</p><p>5 There are a lot of small farms and a few very big ones in the countryside.</p><p>6 There are some good paths for walking near where I live.</p><p>7 You can’t go skiing because there are no hills (and there’s usually no snow).</p><p>8 You can see a lot of beautiful wildlife.</p><p>Unit 31</p><p>31.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 giraffe 7 Chickens / Hens</p><p>3 Parrots; hens 8 Rabbits</p><p>4 Tigers; lions 9 feed; give</p><p>5 horse; elephant 10 take</p><p>6 Fish; birds</p><p>31.2 sheep lamb lamb</p><p>cow beef calf</p><p>hen chicken chick</p><p>pig pork piglet</p><p>31.3 Possible answers:</p><p>1 Lions, tigers, monkeys, snakes, dogs and cats eat meat.</p><p>2 Cows, sheep, pigs, goats, parrots (for feathers) and snakes (for snakeskin) give us things that we</p><p>wear.</p><p>3 Chickens / hens, tortoises, parrots, snakes and fish produce their babies in eggs.</p><p>4 We can eat cows, sheep, pigs, chickens / hens, goats, horses and fish (and you may think of some</p><p>other animals that people eat too).</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 143</p><p>31.4 Across Down</p><p>3 cats 1 parrot</p><p>6 lion 2 monkey</p><p>7 horse 4 sheep</p><p>8 elephant 5 tiger</p><p>9 hen</p><p>31.5 Write down the number you remembered. Try again tomorrow and write down how many you</p><p>remember then.</p><p>Unit 32</p><p>32.1 2 d 3 a 4 f 5 c 6 g 7 b</p><p>32.2 2 True.</p><p>3 False. Planes take off at the beginning of a journey. / Planes land at the end of a journey.</p><p>4 False. You need a boarding card to get on a plane.</p><p>5 False. Hiring a car is not the same as buying a car.</p><p>6 True.</p><p>32.3 Possible answer:</p><p>At Cambridge train station take a number 5 bus. The stop is just outside the station. Get off the bus</p><p>at the hospital, cross the road and take the first road on the left. My house is on the corner of the</p><p>street and it has a red door.</p><p>32.4 Across Down</p><p>3 map 1 timetable</p><p>6 helicopter 2 taxi</p><p>7 bus 3 motorcycle</p><p>8 petrol 4 platform</p><p>5 train</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Keep the cards and test yourself every day. If you find this useful, write cards for words from other</p><p>units of the book.</p><p>Unit 33</p><p>33.1 2 Christmas 5 Valentine’s Day</p><p>3 Bonfire Night 6 New Year’s Eve / Hogmanay</p><p>4 Easter</p><p>33.2 C H I C K E N F D K N</p><p>R Y O R K S H I R E P</p><p>O C V O M T R S M V U</p><p>A Q E W A A T H X L D</p><p>S M V C S H G E Q L D</p><p>T P O T A T O E S C I</p><p>D F G B L B K U V U N</p><p>X Z O E A P I V Z R G</p><p>A N D E C H I P S R B</p><p>C W Q F T I K K A Y J</p><p>144 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>33.3 2 India 4 No. They eat it with their main course (with roast beef).</p><p>3 curry 5 in the oven</p><p>33.4 2 a state secondary school 4 a state primary school</p><p>3 a nursery school 5 a private secondary school</p><p>33.5 Answers in 2016:</p><p>1 Theresa May 2 Houses of Parliament 3 Queen Elizabeth II</p><p>Unit 34</p><p>34.1 2 a murderer 5 a mugger</p><p>3 a shoplifter / robber 6 a drug dealer</p><p>4 a burglar</p><p>34.2 2 arrested 6 innocent</p><p>3 vandals 7 terrorists</p><p>4 fine 8 prison</p><p>5 burglaries / burglars</p><p>34.3 2 False - vandals destroy things 3 True 4 False - a car thief steals cars 5 True</p><p>34.4 2 stole 3 robbed 4 stolen 5 stole 6 stolen</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 The student should pay a fine and return the book.</p><p>3 The woman should go to prison.</p><p>4 The terrorists should go to prison for a long time.</p><p>5 The woman should pay a fine and the police should take her car away.</p><p>6 The teenager should work in the park and plant new trees or pay a fine.</p><p>Unit 35</p><p>35.1 2 is 6 online</p><p>3 documentary 7 change</p><p>4 nature 8 interview</p><p>5 teenage</p><p>35.2 2 e 3 b 4 a 5 d 6 c</p><p>35.3 2 a journalist 6 an advert / advertisement</p><p>3 an evening (news)paper 7 a (TV) channel</p><p>4 a cartoon 8 an interview</p><p>5 a nature programme</p><p>35.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I always read an evening newspaper.</p><p>2 Yes, I usually read the main stories in the morning.</p><p>3 I like news magazines.</p><p>4 I’ll probably watch my favourite soap on TV tonight.</p><p>5 My favourite TV channel is BBC1.</p><p>6 I watch about an hour of TV every day.</p><p>7 I like talk shows and reality TV.</p><p>8 I watch TV online once or twice a week.</p><p>9 No, I don’t like watching adverts on TV.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 145</p><p>Unit 36</p><p>36.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 The computer has crashed. 6 He’s cut his hand.</p><p>3 The cup is broken. 7 The room is untidy.</p><p>4 The coffee machine isn’t working. 8 She is late for work.</p><p>5 She has too much work (to do).</p><p>36.2 Possible answers:</p><p>2 cut finger / hands / knees</p><p>3 untidy room / desk / hair</p><p>4 late for school / an appointment / a concert</p><p>5 a camera / microwave / fridge that isn’t working</p><p>6 too much work / rain / wind</p><p>36.3 Possible answers:</p><p>2 dying plants 2</p><p>3 a cut finger 2</p><p>4 being late for work or school 1</p><p>5 a colleague or friend in a bad mood 2</p><p>6 a coffee machine that isn’t working 1</p><p>7 a broken washing machine 1</p><p>8 an untidy bedroom 3</p><p>9 a row with a friend 1</p><p>10 your computer crashes 1</p><p>11 lost keys 1</p><p>12 too much work 3</p><p>36.4 Possible answers:</p><p>too much work - get an assistant</p><p>a colleague in a bad mood - pay no attention</p><p>a crashed computer - get a technician</p><p>a photocopier that is out of order - repair the photocopier</p><p>a coffee machine that isn’t working - drink water</p><p>36.5 Possible answers:</p><p>My DVD player didn’t work.</p><p>My brother lost his credit card.</p><p>I cut my knee.</p><p>My cousin broke a glass.</p><p>Unit 37</p><p>37.1 2 car crash 6 forest fire</p><p>3 flood 7 hurricane</p><p>4 war 8 traffic jam</p><p>5 earthquake 9 snowstorm</p><p>37.2 2 e 6 b</p><p>3 f 7 h</p><p>4 a 8 d</p><p>5 g</p><p>146 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>37.3 2 a traffic jam 6 the rush hour</p><p>3 crowded 7 hungry</p><p>4 a car crash 8 a forest fire</p><p>5 unemployed</p><p>37.4 Possible answers:</p><p>2 forest fire, traffic jam 4 hurricane, snowstorm, flood</p><p>3 strike, war 5 poor, hungry, homeless, unemployed</p><p>37.5 2 strike 6 homeless</p><p>3 War 7 rush hour</p><p>4 car crash 8 polluted</p><p>5 earthquakes; snowstorms</p><p>Unit 38</p><p>38.1 Possible answers:</p><p>2 lesson</p><p>3 football / tennis / squash / rugby / darts / chess / cards</p><p>4 party</p><p>5 shower / bath / wash</p><p>6 exam</p><p>7 meeting</p><p>8 coffee / cup of coffee / cup of tea / drink</p><p>9 swim</p><p>10 dinner / a meal / supper / something to eat</p><p>38.2 2 Scarlett has gone to the hairdresser’s to have her hair cut.</p><p>3 That computer game looks great. Can I have a go?</p><p>4 I want to have a word with my teacher after the lesson.</p><p>5 Mum didn’t have the time to go to the shop today.</p><p>6 They don’t have or they haven’t got any cake in the café today.</p><p>238.3 1m e a l</p><p>x</p><p>3 4p a r t y</p><p>m e</p><p>5g a m e</p><p>38.4 Possible answers:</p><p>2 Have a good journey! / Have a good time!</p><p>3 Have you got a cold?</p><p>4 Can I have a look?</p><p>38.5 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I’ve got one brother and two sisters.</p><p>2 I have them at 9.30 every day.</p><p>3 I have a salad and a cup of tea.</p><p>4 Not every day, but I have to go on Wednesday and Friday.</p><p>5 I’ve got two.</p><p>6 Yes, we always have a good time in our English classes.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 147</p><p>Unit 39</p><p>39.1 2 The Sharps are going to the beach.</p><p>3 Zoe and Penelope are going shopping / to the shopping centre.</p><p>4 Asad is going to Cairo.</p><p>5 Lars is going fishing.</p><p>39.2 2 This year Victoria is going to pass her driving test.</p><p>3 This year Victoria is going to learn Spanish.</p><p>4 This year Victoria is going to watch less TV.</p><p>5 This year Victoria is going to keep her room tidy.</p><p>39.3 Possible answers:</p><p>I sometimes go swimming.</p><p>I never go skiing.</p><p>I sometimes go dancing.</p><p>I never go fishing.</p><p>I always go sightseeing.</p><p>39.4 Possible answers:</p><p>From Cambridge, trains go to London, Norwich, Ely and Peterborough. Buses go to Oxford, to</p><p>Heathrow and to Scotland from Cambridge. From Cambridge roads go to London, to Huntingdon and</p><p>to the sea.</p><p>39.5 2 Mum is going shopping this afternoon.</p><p>3 ✓</p><p>4 I love Paris. Did you go there last year?</p><p>5 Alexei is going home at 4 o’clock.</p><p>6 We always go to the same café. Let’s go somewhere different today.</p><p>7 ✓</p><p>8 I go swimming every Sunday morning.</p><p>9 We’re going sightseeing today.</p><p>10 Jo went up to the top of the hill. / Jo went down to the bottom of the hill.</p><p>11 Let’s go fishing today.</p><p>12 She went out of the shop.</p><p>13 ✓</p><p>14 Would you like to go home now?</p><p>Unit 40</p><p>40.1 2 What are the girls doing? They’re playing tennis.</p><p>3 What is the dog doing? It’s sleeping.</p><p>4 What is the man in the house doing? He’s washing up. / He’s doing the washing-up.</p><p>5 What is the woman doing? She’s reading a book.</p><p>6 What is the man in the garden doing? He’s gardening. / He’s doing the gardening.</p><p>40.2 Questions and possible answers:</p><p>2 What does Lee Atkins do? He’s a teacher.</p><p>3 What does Sophie Hicks do? She’s a doctor.</p><p>4 What do Cooper and Hailey do? They’re students.</p><p>40.3 2 What did Lara Brown do? She went to a meeting.</p><p>3 What did Sophie Hicks do? She talked to five patients.</p><p>4 What did Cooper and Hailey do? They wrote an essay.</p><p>148 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>40.4 Possible answers:</p><p>I often do the washing-up.</p><p>My husband usually does the washing.</p><p>My son has to do his homework every day.</p><p>My daughter does her exercises every morning.</p><p>I hate doing the housework.</p><p>I love doing the gardening.</p><p>We do business with Eastern Europe.</p><p>I always do my best.</p><p>40.5 ANNA: Where did you go on your holidays? To Wales?</p><p>PAVEL: No, we didn’t go to Wales this year. We went to Scotland.</p><p>ANNA: Does your grandmother live in Scotland?</p><p>PAVEL: No, she doesn’t but my uncle does.</p><p>Unit 41</p><p>41.1 2 made 5 made / have made / ’ve made</p><p>3 making 6 making</p><p>4 make</p><p>41.2 2 Long lessons always make me (feel) tired.</p><p>3 She was horrible to me; it made me (feel) angry.</p><p>4 It’s a lovely song. It makes me (feel) happy.</p><p>5 That meal was horrible. It made me (feel) sick.</p><p>41.3 2 She’s making tea. 5 The children are making a mess.</p><p>3 The little boys are making a noise. 6 She is making her bed.</p><p>4 They’re making a video / a film.</p><p>41.4 2 Can I take a photo of you?</p><p>3 He’s 25 but he never does his own washing. He takes his dirty clothes to his mother’s.</p><p>4 Are you doing / taking an exam tomorrow?</p><p>5 Have you done your homework yet?</p><p>Unit 42</p><p>42.1 2 back (home) 5 see</p><p>3 into 6 out of / back from / home from</p><p>4 from</p><p>42.2 2 Come here!</p><p>3 We’re going to a party. Do you want to come along?</p><p>4 I come from France.</p><p>42.3 2 came 3 comes 4 Are; coming 5 comes</p><p>42.4 Possible answers:</p><p>1 I usually come home at five-thirty.</p><p>2 I’m from / I come from Scotland / Jamaica / Pakistan / Latvia / Bolivia, etc.</p><p>3 I sit down and talk to my friends / take out my books.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 149</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible meanings and example sentences:</p><p>1 Meaning: ‘come round’ can mean ‘come to someone’s house or flat’.</p><p>Example: Do you want to come round this afternoon for a coffee?</p><p>2 Meaning: ‘come across’ can mean ‘meet or find for the first time’.</p><p>Example: I come across lots of new words when I read English books.</p><p>3 Meaning: ‘come up’ can mean ‘be mentioned or occur in conversation’.</p><p>Example: When new words come up in class, the teacher tells us the meaning.</p><p>Unit 43</p><p>43.1 Possible answers:</p><p>1 It takes me 10 minutes to get to university.</p><p>2 It takes me 30 minutes to go from my house to the nearest railway station.</p><p>3 It takes me 20 minutes to get to my best friend’s house.</p><p>4 It takes me an hour to do one unit of this book.</p><p>43.2 2 take the train</p><p>3 take a course</p><p>4 take some water</p><p>43.3 2 You can / have to take a taxi.</p><p>3 He takes the bus.</p><p>4 They take the underground.</p><p>43.4 2 I take my / an umbrella. 4 I take my notebook and pen.</p><p>3 I take my passport. 5 I take my mobile (phone).</p><p>43.5 Possible answer:</p><p>It took me about an hour.</p><p>Unit 44</p><p>44.1 2 bring 3 bring 4 Take 5 take 6 bring</p><p>44.2 2 e You must take your passport when you travel.</p><p>3 b Come to my house and bring your guitar.</p><p>4 a Go to the post office and take these letters, please.</p><p>5 d Everybody is going to bring food to the party.</p><p>44.3 1 brings; brought 2 brought 3 take 4 take; bring</p><p>44.4 1 take; bring it back</p><p>2 brought me back</p><p>3 take; bring it back</p><p>44.5 Possible answer:</p><p>I always bring / take my vocabulary notebook, a pen and my coursebook to the lesson.</p><p>Unit 45</p><p>45.1 2 c sick 4 b dark</p><p>3 a hot 5 c wet</p><p>45.2 2 When the sun comes up it gets light. 4 It’s raining! I’m getting wet!</p><p>3 She’s in hospital but she’s getting better. 5 Please close the window. I’m getting cold.</p><p>150 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>2 a doctor 6 a taxi / a bus / a train</p><p>3 a drink 7 a job</p><p>4 a pen / pencil and paper 8 an umbrella / a raincoat</p><p>5 a newspaper</p><p>2 gets to 3 get to 4 gets(back) 5 get back / home</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 In Britain, people usually get married when they are 20 to 30 years old.</p><p>2 People usually get married at the weekend, mostly on Saturday. April, May and June are very</p><p>popular months (spring and summer).</p><p>3 I get home at about 5 o’clock. I get there by car.</p><p>Unit 46</p><p>2 d 3 g 4 f 5 b 6 h 7 e 8 a</p><p>2 off 3 on; up 4 off 5 off 6 off 7on 8 on</p><p>2 He is putting on his shoes. 3 A plane is taking off. 4 She is turning on the oven.</p><p>2 took off 3 went on 4 went off 5 turned down</p><p>Unit 47</p><p>2 She washes (the / her) clothes every Saturday. 4 He watches TV / television every evening.</p><p>3 He cleans the house / his flat every weekend. 5 She goes for a walk every Sunday.</p><p>Possible question:</p><p>2 How often do you go for a walk? 6 How often do you phone your best friend?</p><p>3 How do you go to work? 7 When do you clean your room?</p><p>4 When do you have dinner? 8 What time do you have a shower?</p><p>5 How do you come home from work?</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 I usually wake up at 7 o’clock.</p><p>2 I go to the bathroom and have a shower.</p><p>3 I usually have tea and toast for breakfast.</p><p>4 I go to work by</p><p>car.</p><p>5 I usually have a cup of coffee at 11 o’clock.</p><p>6 I usually come home at about 6 pm.</p><p>7 I usually make dinner at 7 o’clock.</p><p>8 In the evenings I normally watch TV or go for a walk.</p><p>9 Sometimes I write one or two emails or listen to the radio.</p><p>10 I usually go to bed at 11 o’clock.</p><p>Unit 48</p><p>2 told 3 said 4 tell; said 5 said 6 told</p><p>2 How do you say ‘tree’ in German?</p><p>3 Excuse me, can you tell me the time?</p><p>4 I just want to say goodbye (to you).</p><p>5 Can you tell me when the exam is?</p><p>6 Can you answer the phone, please? / Can you tell them I’m busy / I’m cooking?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 151</p><p>45.3</p><p>45.4</p><p>45.5</p><p>46.1</p><p>46.2</p><p>46.3</p><p>46.4</p><p>47.1</p><p>47.2</p><p>47.3</p><p>48.1</p><p>48.2</p><p>152 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>2 h answer the door</p><p>3 g ask for the bill</p><p>4 a reply to an email</p><p>5 f tell someone a joke</p><p>6 e talk to a friend</p><p>7 b ask someone to help you</p><p>8 c speak Japanese</p><p>We can also say ‘answer an email’, but not ‘reply to the door’!</p><p>2 Can we have the bill, please?</p><p>3 Happy New Year!</p><p>4 Tell me a story before I go to sleep. Please!</p><p>Unit 49</p><p>2 danced 4 run 6 fell 8 walk</p><p>3 swims 5 climbing 7 jumped; swam</p><p>2 drives 5 take; go by 8 take</p><p>3 takes 6 ride</p><p>4 drives 7 ride</p><p>Note: You can also use ‘go by’ with all these forms of transport (but without ‘the’ or ‘a’), i.e. you can</p><p>go to work by bicycle, go home by underground / taxi, etc.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>salt, pepper, bread, butter, water, sauce, salad</p><p>2 Maria drove her grandmother to the city yesterday.</p><p>3 Charlie flew to Madrid yesterday.</p><p>4 I took a taxi home from the station yesterday.</p><p>5 Bella fell when she rode her bike yesterday.</p><p>6 Adrian missed the 7.30 bus to school yesterday.</p><p>7 The taxi driver helped the old lady to carry her luggage to the train yesterday.</p><p>8 Madeline danced very well yesterday.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 I ride my bike once a week.</p><p>3 I swim in the sea once a year. I swim in a pool once a week.</p><p>4 I go somewhere by plane once a year.</p><p>5 I drive my car every day.</p><p>6 I go dancing once a week.</p><p>7 I never go climbing.</p><p>8 I take a taxi once or twice a year.</p><p>Unit 50</p><p>2 and 6 if</p><p>3 before 7 or</p><p>4 so 8 when</p><p>5 because</p><p>48.3</p><p>48.4</p><p>49.1</p><p>49.2</p><p>49.3</p><p>49.4</p><p>49.5</p><p>50.1</p><p>Possible sentences:</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav after he moved to London. / Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav after</p><p>they decided to start a business together.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav and they had two sons. / Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav and they</p><p>decided to start a business together.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav because she loved him. / Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav because</p><p>he was a pop star.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav before he moved to London. / Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav</p><p>before they decided to start a business together.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav because she loves him.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav before he moves to London.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav but she doesn’t love him.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav if he moved to London.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav or she won’t marry anyone.</p><p>Annabelle agreed to marry Aarav so he moved to London.</p><p>Annabelle will marry Aarav when he moves to London.</p><p>2 as well / also (too is also possible but it is better to use a different word as too is already in the</p><p>sentence)</p><p>3 than</p><p>4 like</p><p>5 only</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>I only play tennis in the summer.</p><p>My sister plays the piano better than I do.</p><p>My brother swims like a fish.</p><p>I like listening to music and I like reading also.</p><p>I like going skiing too.</p><p>I often go skiing with the children and sometimes my husband comes as well.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 I’m learning English because I enjoy it.</p><p>2 I’ll learn more English if I do all the exercises in this book.</p><p>3 I’m learning English and I’m also studying Spanish.</p><p>4 I started learning English when I was ten.</p><p>5 I can speak some English, so it’s OK on holiday in the UK.</p><p>6 I’ll learn more English but sometimes it’s difficult.</p><p>Unit 51</p><p>2 a century 3 a fortnight 4 an hour 5 a week</p><p>Thirty days has September,</p><p>April, June and November.</p><p>All the rest have thirty-one.</p><p>Except for February</p><p>Which has twenty-eight days</p><p>And twenty-nine in each leap year.</p><p>This is a traditional rhyme which people use to help them remember the number of days of the</p><p>month. It means that:</p><p>September, April, June and November have 30 days. The other months have 31 days except for</p><p>February which has 28 days and 29 days in a leap year.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 153</p><p>50.2</p><p>50.3</p><p>50.4</p><p>50.5</p><p>51.1</p><p>51.2</p><p>154 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>2 August 6 January 10 September</p><p>3 October 7 April 11 Tuesday</p><p>4 Saturday 8 Friday 12 November</p><p>5 Wednesday 9 February</p><p>2 T F S (the first letters of the days of the week)</p><p>3 A S O N D (the first letters of the months)</p><p>I’m going to a party on Saturday for Valentina’s birthday. Her birthday is on Thursday but she</p><p>wanted to have the party at the weekend. She’s having a barbecue. I think June is a good month to</p><p>have a birthday because of the weather. I love going to barbecues in the summer. My birthday is in</p><p>winter and it’s too cold to eat outside!</p><p>1 15 2 Tuesday( or Wednesday) 3 300 4 July 5 120</p><p>6–12 It is not possible to give answers to questions 6 to 12. Check with your teacher if</p><p>you are not sure if your answers are correct or not.</p><p>Unit 52</p><p>2 for 3 from 4 to 5 At 6 for</p><p>2 the 22nd century – the future</p><p>3 the 18th century – the past</p><p>4 the 21st century – the present</p><p>5 the 20th century – the past</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 I sometimes go to school by bus. I usually go by car.</p><p>3 I often watch TV.</p><p>4 I never drink milk. I usually drink coffee.</p><p>5 I never wear a hat.</p><p>6 I often eat chocolate.</p><p>7 I sometimes go to bed at 10. I usually go to bed at 11.</p><p>8 I sometimes go to the theatre.</p><p>2 Probably a week ago 3 In a few minutes 4 4 o’clock</p><p>John plays tennis twice a week. He practises the piano once a week and he has a business meeting in</p><p>Germany once a month.</p><p>Julia and Alexa play tennis three times a week. They practise the piano twice a day. They go to</p><p>Germany for a business meeting six times a year. or They have a business meeting in Germany six</p><p>times a year.</p><p>Unit 53</p><p>2 here 3 there 4 everywhere 5 there 6 back</p><p>2 at 3 on 4 at 5 on 6 in; in</p><p>the back of</p><p>the bus</p><p>the side of</p><p>the bus</p><p>53.3</p><p>the front of the</p><p>bus</p><p>the top of the tree</p><p>the middle of the tree</p><p>the bottom of the tree</p><p>51.3</p><p>51.4</p><p>51.5</p><p>51.6</p><p>52.1</p><p>52.2</p><p>52.3</p><p>52.4</p><p>52.5</p><p>53.1</p><p>53.2</p><p>2 out 3 away 4 away; abroad</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 I’m studying English in the UK.</p><p>2 Yes, I’m going to Dublin and to the US.</p><p>3 At the moment I have a pen in my right hand.</p><p>4 The Answer key is at the end of this book.</p><p>5 Unit 3 is at the beginning of this book (Unit 3 out of 60 units). ( Note: we say at.)</p><p>6 Unit 36 is in the middle of this book (Unit 36 out of 60 units). ( Note: we say in.)</p><p>Unit 54</p><p>2 badly 3 loudly 4 fast [NOT fastly] 5 quietly 6 well</p><p>2 slow 3 good 4 in 5 right 6 badly 7 quietly 8 the</p><p>suddenly ✗ sadly ✓ strangely ✓ quickly ✗ easily ✓</p><p>Suddenly means very quickly, when you are not expecting it.</p><p>Quickly is similar to ‘fast’ when fast is an adverb, not when it is an adjective.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 My brother speaks German badly. 6 I like to sing loudly.</p><p>3 I usually eat too fast. 7 My mum always behaves in a friendly way.</p><p>4 My dog is old and very slow. 8 I like to do things the right way.</p><p>5 My voice is quiet.</p><p>Unit 55</p><p>2 milk; butter 3 advice 4 air 5 work 6 traffic</p><p>2 a 4 f 6 c</p><p>3 e 5 g 7 b</p><p>2 is / was 3 is / was 4 is; was 5 is / was 6 is / was</p><p>2 Where can I get some information about your country?</p><p>3 Let me give you some advice.</p><p>4 Cook this spaghetti for ten minutes.</p><p>5 Can I have some bread, please?</p><p>6 We need to buy some new furniture.</p><p>7 The east of the country usually has better weather than the west. [NOT a better weather]</p><p>8 I must find some new accommodation soon.</p><p>Unit 56</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 very bad / terrible / awful / dreadful 6 wonderful / lovely</p><p>3 terrible / awful / dreadful 7 bad</p><p>4 excellent / great / wonderful 8 wonderful / lovely</p><p>5 awful / horrible</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 Oh, how awful! 5 They’re wonderful!</p><p>3 That’s a lovely idea! / Yes, great! 6 Yes, that’s perfect!</p><p>4 Yes, there’s the Ritz. It’s</p><p>an excellent restaurant.</p><p>2 e 3 d 4 a 5 b</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 155</p><p>53.4</p><p>53.5</p><p>54.1</p><p>54.2</p><p>54.3</p><p>54.4</p><p>55.1</p><p>55.2</p><p>55.3</p><p>55.4</p><p>56.1</p><p>56.2</p><p>56.3</p><p>badgood</p><p>brilliant dreadful</p><p>marvellous nasty</p><p>fine</p><p>156 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>brilliant idea / scientist nasty surprise / smell</p><p>marvellous weather / food fine weather / day</p><p>Unit 57</p><p>2 d This bicycle belongs to the hotel.</p><p>3 h The children thanked their aunt for the money.</p><p>4 g Molly is listening to music on her phone.</p><p>5 a He apologised for his mistake.</p><p>6 e Let me pay for our tickets.</p><p>7 b Javier is thinking about the holidays.</p><p>8 f Over 100 people came to the football match.</p><p>2 after people</p><p>3 for them</p><p>4 forward to my party</p><p>5 at me</p><p>6 for a new one</p><p>7 forward to it</p><p>8 after the children</p><p>2 at 3 to 4 in 5 to 6 of 7 about 8 to</p><p>3 Hiroshi wasn’t used to eating British food.</p><p>4 He was used to traffic jams.</p><p>5 He was used to expensive shops.</p><p>6 He wasn’t used to British money.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 I was good at languages and bad at PE. 5 I like listening to folk music.</p><p>2 I usually ask for a black coffee. 6 I am looking forward to my holiday.</p><p>3 I am proud of my family. 7 I belong to a tennis club.</p><p>4 I am afraid of going to the dentist. 8 I am used to eating lots of different kinds of food.</p><p>Unit 58</p><p>2 rewrite / redo 3 informal 4 unhappy 5 half-price 6 unsafe</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>2 I never see my ex-boyfriend anymore.</p><p>3 This work is not very good. Please redo it.</p><p>4 It’s impossible to read his handwriting.</p><p>5 Pre-school children learn by playing.</p><p>2 nerves before an exam</p><p>3 a wrong answer, an answer that is not correct</p><p>4 a book that has not been read</p><p>5 to tell a story again</p><p>56.4</p><p>56.5</p><p>57.1</p><p>57.2</p><p>57.3</p><p>57.4</p><p>57.5</p><p>58.1</p><p>58.2</p><p>58.3</p><p>6 a brother with one parent the same (for example, perhaps with the same mother but not the</p><p>same father)</p><p>7 a letter that is not finished</p><p>8 a drink with no alcohol in it (for example, fruit juice, cola)</p><p>9 to read a book again</p><p>10 to send an email again</p><p>2 uncomfortable 3 impolite 4 unpleasant 5 unattractive</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>in: This is an incomplete answer – you need to finish it.</p><p>im: I thought the question he asked me was very impolite.</p><p>non: I want to buy a non-stick pan.</p><p>pre: Would you like to have a pre-lunch drink?</p><p>re: We’re going to repaint this room next week.</p><p>un: My daughter’s room is always very untidy.</p><p>Unit 59</p><p>2 instructor 3 swimmer 4 happily 5 calculator 6 useful</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>You may be able to think of some other possible combinations.</p><p>2 fast worker / car / swimmer</p><p>3 beautiful beach / weather / car / book / smile / picture</p><p>4 sandy beach</p><p>5 sunny weather / smile</p><p>6 hard worker</p><p>7 useful idea / book</p><p>8 endless fun</p><p>9 useless idea / book (Note: You can also say ‘I’m a useless swimmer’. It is typical of spoken rather</p><p>than written English and means ‘I am no good at swimming’.)</p><p>2 badly 3 helpful 4 kindness 5 careless 6 windy 7 easily 8 builder</p><p>2 a person who travels 7 the opposite of doing something well</p><p>3 the opposite of fast 8 a thing for opening tins</p><p>4 with lots of hope 9 a person who plays football</p><p>5 weather when it is raining 10 weather when there is a lot of snow</p><p>6 it doesn’t hurt</p><p>Unit 60</p><p>2 lose 3 felt 4 cooker 5 fell 6 quite 7 loose 8 cook</p><p>2 loose – juice 3 quite – right 4 quiet – higher</p><p>2 He/She checks it. 4 Good afternoon. 6 Can you lend me £ 1?</p><p>3 Can I borrow your camera? 5 They wait for the bus. 7 Please be quiet.</p><p>Possible answers:</p><p>1 I am expecting my brother at 5.30. (= He said he would come at 5.30.)</p><p>2 I hope to go on holiday to Spain. (= I really want to go to Spain.)</p><p>3 Sometimes I borrow books and DVDs.</p><p>4 Yes, but only to my best friend!</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 157</p><p>58.4</p><p>59.1</p><p>59.2</p><p>59.3</p><p>59.4</p><p>60.1</p><p>60.2</p><p>60.3</p><p>60.4</p><p>Phonemic symbols</p><p>Vowel sounds Consonant sounds</p><p>Symbol Examples Symbol Examples</p><p>/i:/ sleep me /p/ put</p><p>/i/ happy recipe /b/ book</p><p>/I/ pin dinner /t/ take</p><p>/U/ foot could pull /d/ dog</p><p>/u:/ do shoe through /k/ car kick</p><p>/e/ red head said /g/ go guitar</p><p>/@/ arrive father colour /tS/ catch church</p><p>/ɜː/ turn bird work /dZ/ age lounge</p><p>/O:/ sort thought walk /f/ for cough photograph</p><p>/ae/ cat black /v/ love vehicle</p><p>/ʌ/ sun enough wonder /T/ thick path</p><p>/ɒ/ got watch sock /D/ this mother</p><p>/A:/ part heart laugh /s/ since rice</p><p>158 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>/z/ zoo houses</p><p>/eI/ name late aim /S/ shop sugar machine</p><p>/aI/ my idea time /Z/ pleasure usual vision</p><p>/OI/ boy noise /h/ hear hotel</p><p>/e@/ pair where bear /m/ make</p><p>/I@/ hear beer /n/ name now know</p><p>/@U/ go home show /ŋ/ bring</p><p>/aU/ out cow /l/ look while</p><p>/U@/ pure fewer /r/ road</p><p>/j/ young</p><p>/w/ wear</p><p>ˈ This shows that the next syllable is the one with the stress.</p><p>ˌ This is used when some longer words have a second stress, less strong than on the main stressed</p><p>syllable.</p><p>The numbers in the Index are Unit numbers not page numbers. The pronunciation provided is for</p><p>standard British English.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 159</p><p>Index</p><p>about əˈbaʊt 25</p><p>abroad əˈbrɔːd 53</p><p>absolutely ˌæbsəˈluːtli 9</p><p>accommodation</p><p>əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃən 55</p><p>action film ˈækʃən fɪlm 24</p><p>actually ˈæktʃuəli 9</p><p>address əˈdres 16</p><p>add to basket æd tə ˈbæskət 20</p><p>advert ˈædvɜːt 35</p><p>advertisement</p><p>ədˈvɜːtɪsmənt 35</p><p>advice ədˈvaɪs 55</p><p>aeroplane ˈeərəpleɪn 32</p><p>afraid of əˈfreɪd əv 57</p><p>Africa ˈæfrɪkə 27</p><p>after ˈɑːftə 50</p><p>afternoon ˌɑːftəˈnuːn 51, 60</p><p>age eɪdʒ 5</p><p>ago əˈgəʊ 52</p><p>agree əˈgriː 9</p><p>air eə 55</p><p>air pollution</p><p>eə pəˈluːʃən 37</p><p>alarm clock əˈlɑːm klɒk 12</p><p>alcohol ˈælkəhɒl 22</p><p>also ˈɔːlsəʊ 50</p><p>always ˈɔːlweɪz 52</p><p>American əˈmerɪkən 27</p><p>American football</p><p>əˈmerɪkən ˈfʊtbɔːl 23</p><p>and ænd 50</p><p>angry ˈæŋgri 7</p><p>animal ˈænɪməl 31</p><p>answer ˈɑːnsər 48</p><p>Antarctica ˌænˈtɑːktɪkə 27</p><p>anyway ˈeniweɪ 9</p><p>apologise əˈpɒlədʒaɪz 36</p><p>apologise for əˈpɒlədʒaɪz fɔː 57</p><p>apple ˈæpəl 10, 55</p><p>apple pie ˈæpəl paɪ 22</p><p>apps æps 17</p><p>April ˈeɪprəl 51</p><p>Arabic ˈærəbɪk 27</p><p>Argentina ˌɑːdʒənˈtiːnə 27</p><p>Argentinian ˌɑːdʒənˈtɪnɪən 27</p><p>arm ɑːm 3</p><p>armchair ˈɑːmtʃeə 13</p><p>around əˈraʊnd 9</p><p>arrest əˈrest 34</p><p>arrive əˈraɪv 32</p><p>arrive at əˈraɪv æt 49</p><p>arrive in əˈraɪv ɪn 49</p><p>art ɑːt 15</p><p>as well æz wel 50</p><p>Asia ˈeɪʒə 27</p><p>ask ɑːsk 48</p><p>ask (someone) the time</p><p>ɑːsk ðə taɪm 48</p><p>ask (someone) the way</p><p>ɑːsk ðə weɪ 48</p><p>ask for ɑːsk fɔː 48, 57</p><p>ask someone for something</p><p>ɑːsk ˈsʌmwʌn fɔːˈsʌmθɪŋ 48</p><p>ask someone to do</p><p>something ɑːsk ˈsʌmwʌn tuː</p><p>duː ˈsʌmθɪŋ 48</p><p>aspirin ˈæsprɪn 6</p><p>asthma ˈæsmə 6</p><p>at æt 53</p><p>at home æt həʊm 53</p><p>at the moment æt ðə</p><p>ˈməʊmənt 52</p><p>attack əˈtæk 34</p><p>August ˈɔːgəst 51</p><p>aunt ɑːnt 1</p><p>Australasia ˌɒstrəˈleɪʒə 27</p><p>Australia ɒsˈstreɪliə 27</p><p>Australian ɒsˈstreɪliən 27</p><p>autumn ˈɔːtəm 51</p><p>average-looking ˈævrɪdʒ</p><p>ˈlʊkɪŋ 5</p><p>away əˈweɪ 53</p><p>awful ˈɔːfəl 56</p><p>baby ˈbeɪbi 2</p><p>back bæk 3, 53</p><p>bacon ˈbeɪkən 31</p><p>bad bæd 54, 56</p><p>bad at bæd æt 57</p><p>bad mood bæd muːd 36</p><p>badly ˈbædli 54</p><p>badminton ˈbædmɪntən 23</p><p>bag bæg 4, 19</p><p>baker(’ s) ˈbeɪkə 19</p><p>ball game bɔːl geɪm 23</p><p>banana bəˈnɑːnə 10</p><p>band bænd 26</p><p>bank bæŋk 29</p><p>bank clerk bæŋk klɑːk 14</p><p>bank holiday bæŋk ˈhɒlədeɪ 33</p><p>bar bɑː 22</p><p>baseball ˈbeɪsbɔːl 23</p><p>basement ˈbeɪsmənt 19</p><p>basin ˈbeɪsən 12</p><p>basket ˈbæskət 20</p><p>basketball ˈbɑːskɪtbɔːl 23</p><p>bath bɑːθ 38</p><p>bathroom ˈbɑːθrʊm 12, 21</p><p>battery ˈbætəri 17</p><p>be born biː bɔːn 2</p><p>Be careful biː ˈkeəfəl 9</p><p>be used to biː juːst tə 57</p><p>beans biːnz 10, 22</p><p>beard bɪəd 5</p><p>beautiful ˈbjuːtɪfəl 5, 59</p><p>beauty ˈbjuːti 19</p><p>beauty salon ˈbjuːti ˈsælɒn 14</p><p>because bɪˈkɒz 50</p><p>bed bed 12</p><p>bedroom ˈbedrʊm 12</p><p>bedside lamp ˈbedsaɪd</p><p>læmp 12</p><p>bedside table ˈbedsaɪd</p><p>ˈteɪbəl 12</p><p>beef biːf 31</p><p>beer bɪə 10</p><p>before bɪˈfɔː 50</p><p>beginning bɪˈgɪnɪŋ 53</p><p>belong to bɪˈlɒŋ tə 57</p><p>belt belt 4</p><p>bicycle ˈbaɪsəkl 32</p><p>bike baɪk 32</p><p>bigger (size) bɪgə 19</p><p>bill bɪl 21</p><p>bin bɪn 11</p><p>biology baɪˈɒlədʒi 15</p><p>bird bɜːd 31</p><p>birth bɜːθ 2</p><p>birthday ˈbɜːθdeɪ 2</p><p>Bless you bles juː 8</p><p>blonde blɒnd 5</p><p>blood blʌd 3</p><p>blue bluː 5</p><p>board bɔːd 15</p><p>board pen bɔːd pen 15</p><p>board rubber bɔːd ˈrʌbə 15</p><p>boarding card ˈbɔːdɪŋ kɑːd 32</p><p>boat bəʊt 32</p><p>body ˈbɒdi 3</p><p>bonfire ˈbɒnfaɪə 33</p><p>Bonfire Night ˈbɒnfaɪə naɪt 33</p><p>book bʊk 13, 25, 32</p><p>book a seat bʊk ə siːt 32</p><p>bookshelf (bookshelves)</p><p>ˈbʊkʃelf 13</p><p>bookshop ˈbʊkʃɒp 19</p><p>boots buːts 4</p><p>boring ˈbɔːrɪŋ 24</p><p>born bɔːn 2</p><p>borrow ˈbɒrəʊ 60</p><p>bottom ˈbɒtəm 53</p><p>bowl bəʊl 11</p><p>brain breɪn 3</p><p>Brazil brəˈzɪl 27</p><p>Brazilian</p><p>brəˈzɪljən 27</p><p>bread bred 10, 55</p><p>break into breɪk ˈɪntə 34</p><p>breakfast ˈbrekfəst 21, 38</p><p>bride braɪd 2</p><p>bridegroom ˈbraɪdgrʊm 2</p><p>bring brɪŋ 44</p><p>bring back brɪŋ bæk 44</p><p>British ˈbrɪtɪʃ 27</p><p>broken ˈbrəʊkən 36</p><p>brother ˈbrʌðə 1</p><p>brown braʊn 5</p><p>burger ˈbɜːgə 22</p><p>burglar ˈbɜːglə 34</p><p>burglary ˈbɜːgləri 34</p><p>bus bʌs 29, 32</p><p>bus station bʌs ˈsteɪʃən 29</p><p>but bʌt 50</p><p>butcher(’ s) ˈbʊtʃə 19</p><p>butter ˈbʌtə 55</p><p>by bus baɪ bʌs 18, 47</p><p>by car baɪ kɑː 18, 47</p><p>by coach baɪ kəʊtʃ 18</p><p>by ferry baɪ ˈferi 18</p><p>by plane baɪ pleɪn 18</p><p>by train baɪ treɪn 18, 47</p><p>café ˈkæfeɪ 22</p><p>calculator ˈkælkjəleɪtə 59</p><p>calf kɑːf 31</p><p>call kɔːl 16, 17</p><p>call a friend kɔːl ə frend 47</p><p>call after kɔːl ˈɑːftə 2</p><p>call back kɔːl bæk 16</p><p>camera ˈkæmrə 17, 18</p><p>camping ˈkæmpɪŋ 18</p><p>Can I...? kæn aɪ 29</p><p>Can I help with …?</p><p>kən aɪ help wɪð 11</p><p>Can you tell me the way …?</p><p>kən juː tel miː ðə weɪ 29</p><p>can’t stand kɑːnt stænd 26</p><p>Canada ˈkænədə 27</p><p>Canadian kəˈneɪdiən 27</p><p>cancer ˈkænsə 6</p><p>car kɑː 18, 29, 32</p><p>car crash kɑː kræʃ 37</p><p>car park kɑː pɑːk 29</p><p>car theft kɑː θeft 34</p><p>car thief kɑː θiːf 34</p><p>carpet ˈkɑːpɪt 13</p><p>carrier bag ˈkæriə bæg 19</p><p>carrot(s) ˈkærət 10</p><p>carry ˈkæri 4, 49</p><p>cartoon kɑːˈtuːn 24, 35</p><p>cash kæʃ 19</p><p>cash desk kæʃ desk 19</p><p>cash machine kæʃ məˈʃiːn 29</p><p>cat kæt 31</p><p>catch kætʃ 49</p><p>cello ˈtʃeləʊ 26</p><p>century ˈsentʃəri 51</p><p>chair tʃeə 13</p><p>change tʃeɪndʒ 19, 21, 32, 35</p><p>change trains tʃeɪndʒ treɪnz 32</p><p>change the channel tʃeɪndʒ</p><p>ðə ˈtʃænl 35</p><p>change money tʃeɪndʒ</p><p>ˈmʌni 21, 29</p><p>channel ˈtʃænəl 35</p><p>charger ˈtʃɑːdʒə 17</p><p>chat tʃæt 25</p><p>chat to friends online tʃæt tə</p><p>frendz ˈɒnlaɪn 25</p><p>check tʃek 21, 32, 60</p><p>check in tʃek ɪn 32</p><p>check in online tʃek ɪn</p><p>ˌɒnˈlaɪn 32</p><p>check out tʃek aʊt 21</p><p>check your bill tʃek jɔː bɪl 21</p><p>Cheers tʃɪəz 8</p><p>cheese tʃiːz 38</p><p>chemist(’ s) ˈkemɪst 19</p><p>chemistry ˈkemɪstri 15</p><p>cheque tʃek 19</p><p>chest tʃest 3</p><p>chest of drawers tʃest əv drɔːz 12</p><p>chick tʃɪk 31</p><p>chicken ˈtʃɪkɪn 31</p><p>chicken tikka masala ˈtʃɪkɪn tikə</p><p>məˈsɑːlə 33</p><p>children ˈtʃɪldrən 1</p><p>children’s department</p><p>ˈtʃɪldrənz dɪˈpɑːtmənt 19</p><p>Chile ˈtʃɪliː 27</p><p>China ˈtʃaɪnə 27</p><p>Chinese ˌtʃaɪˈniːz 27</p><p>chips tʃɪps 10</p><p>chocolate ˈtʃɒklət 22</p><p>cholera ˈkɒlərə 6</p><p>chopsticks ˈtʃɒpstɪks 11</p><p>Christmas ˈkrɪsməs 33</p><p>Christmas tree ˈkrɪsməs triː 33</p><p>cinema ˈsɪnəmə 24</p><p>clarinet ˌklærɪˈnet 26</p><p>classical music ˈklæsɪkəl</p><p>ˈmjuːzɪk 26</p><p>clean kliːn 12</p><p>clean the house kliːn ðə haʊs 47</p><p>clean your teeth kliːn jɔː tiːθ 12</p><p>climb klaɪm 49</p><p>close the curtains kləʊs ðə</p><p>ˈkɜːtns 13</p><p>closed kləʊzd 19</p><p>cloth klɒθ 11</p><p>clothes kləʊðz 4</p><p>cloud klaʊd 28</p><p>cloudy ˈklaʊdi 28</p><p>coach kəʊtʃ 18</p><p>coach tour kəʊtʃ tʊə 18</p><p>coat kəʊt 4</p><p>code kəʊd 21</p><p>coffee ˈkɒfi 10, 38, 55</p><p>coffee maker ˈkɒfi ˈmeɪkə 11</p><p>coffee table ˈkɒfi ˈteɪbəl 13</p><p>cold kəʊld 6, 7, 28, 38</p><p>Colombia kəˈlɒmbiə 27</p><p>Colombian kəˈlɒmbiən 27</p><p>colour ˈkʌlə 19, 20</p><p>comb kəʊm 12</p><p>come kʌm 25, 42</p><p>come along kʌm əˈlɒŋ 42</p><p>come and see me kʌm ənd siː</p><p>miː 42</p><p>come back kʌm bæk 42</p><p>come back from kʌm bæk</p><p>frɒm 42</p><p>come from kʌm frɒm 42</p><p>come home kʌm həʊm 42, 47</p><p>come in kʌm ɪn 42</p><p>come into kʌm ˈɪntə 42</p><p>come on kʌm ɒn 46</p><p>come out kʌm aʊt 42</p><p>come out of kʌm aʊt ɒv 42</p><p>come to kʌm tə 57</p><p>160 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>come to stay 25</p><p>comedy ˈkɒmədi 24</p><p>comic ˈkɒmɪk 25</p><p>computer kəmˈpjuːtə 15, 16,</p><p>35, 36</p><p>computer crashed kəmˈpjuːtə</p><p>kræʃd 36</p><p>computer magazine kəmˈpjuːtə</p><p>ˌmægəˈzin 35</p><p>concert ˈkɒnsət 26</p><p>Congratulations</p><p>kənˌgrætʃʊˈleɪʃənz 8, 48</p><p>conservation area</p><p>ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃən ˈeəriə 30</p><p>continent ˈkɒntɪnənt 27</p><p>control kənˈtrəʊl 60</p><p>cook kʊk 11, 60</p><p>cooker ˈkʊkə 11, 59, 60</p><p>cooking ˈkʊkɪŋ 25</p><p>cost kɒst 19</p><p>cottage ˈkɒtɪdʒ 30</p><p>Could I have the bill?</p><p>kʊd aɪ hæv ðə bɪl 22</p><p>countable ˈkaʊntəbəl 55</p><p>country ˈkʌntri 27, 30</p><p>country road ˈkʌntri rəʊd 30</p><p>countryside ˈkʌntrɪsaɪd 30</p><p>course kɔːs 22</p><p>court kɔːt 23, 34</p><p>cousin ˈkʌzən 1</p><p>cow kaʊ 31</p><p>crash kræʃ 36</p><p>credit card ˈkredɪt kɑːd 19, 20</p><p>crime kraɪm 34</p><p>criminal ˈkrɪmɪnəl 34</p><p>crowded ˈkraʊdɪd 37</p><p>cup kʌp 11</p><p>cup of tea kʌp əv tiː 38</p><p>cupboard ˈkʌbəd 11</p><p>currency ˈkʌrənsi 18</p><p>curry ˈkʌri 22, 33</p><p>curtains ˈkɜːtənz 13</p><p>customs ˈkʌstəmz 32</p><p>cut kʌt 36</p><p>dance dɑːns 49</p><p>dark dɑːk 5</p><p>date deɪt 16</p><p>daughter ˈdɔːtə 1</p><p>day deɪ 51</p><p>day after tomorrow dei ɑːftə</p><p>təˈmɒrəvʊ 51</p><p>day before yesterday dei bɪˈfɔːr</p><p>jestədei 51</p><p>dead ded 2</p><p>death deθ 2</p><p>December dɪˈsembə 51</p><p>degree dɪˈgriː 15</p><p>degrees dɪˈgriːz 28</p><p>delete dɪˈliːt 17</p><p>delicious dɪˈlɪʃəs 22</p><p>delivery dɪˈlɪvəri 20</p><p>dentist ˈdentɪst 6</p><p>depart dɪˈpɑːt 32</p><p>department store</p><p>dɪˈpɑːtmənt stɔː 19</p><p>desk desk 15</p><p>dessert dɪˈzɜːt 22</p><p>die daɪ 2, 36</p><p>diet daɪət 6</p><p>different (colour) ˈdɪfrnt 19</p><p>dinner ˈdɪnə 25</p><p>direct dɪˈrekt 32</p><p>directions daɪˈrekʃns 29</p><p>director dɪˈrektə 24</p><p>disaster dɪˈzɑːstə 37</p><p>dishwasher ˈdɪʃˌwɒʃə 11</p><p>divorced dɪˈvɔːst 2</p><p>do duː 14, 23, 25, 40</p><p>do a course duː ə kɔːs 15</p><p>do an exam duː æn ɪgˈzæm 15</p><p>do business with</p><p>duː ˈbɪznɪs wɪð 40</p><p>do homework duː</p><p>ˈhəʊmwɜːk 15, 40</p><p>do nothing duː ˈnʌθɪŋ 25</p><p>do some exercise(s)</p><p>duː sʌm ˈeksəsaɪz 40</p><p>do the gardening</p><p>duː ðə ˈgɑːdənɪŋ 40</p><p>do the housework</p><p>duː ðə ˈhaʊswɜːk 40</p><p>do the washing</p><p>duː ðə ˈwɒʃɪŋ 40</p><p>do the washing-up</p><p>duː ðə ˈwɒʃɪŋ ʌp 40</p><p>Do you come from …?</p><p>duː juː kʌm frɒm 1</p><p>Do you do any...?</p><p>duː juː duː eni 23</p><p>Do you have any …?</p><p>duː juː hæv ˈeni 31</p><p>Do you like...? duː juː laɪk 7, 40</p><p>Do you play …? duː juː pleɪ 23</p><p>do your best duː jɔː best 40</p><p>doctor ˈdɒktə 6, 14</p><p>documentary ˌdɒkjəˈmentə</p><p>ri 35</p><p>dog dɒg 31</p><p>dot dɒt 16</p><p>double room ˈdʌbəl ruːm 21</p><p>download ˌdaʊnˈləʊd 17, 25, 26</p><p>download an app daʊnˈləʊd ən</p><p>æp 17</p><p>downstairs ˌdaʊnˈsteəz 12</p><p>drawers drɔːz 12</p><p>drawing pin ˈdrɔːɪŋ pɪn 15</p><p>dreadful ˈdredfəl 56</p><p>dress dres 4</p><p>dressing table ˈdresɪŋ</p><p>ˈteɪbəl 12</p><p>drink drɪŋk 10, 22, 38</p><p>drive draɪv 49</p><p>drug dealer drʌg ˈdiːlə 34</p><p>drug dealing drʌg ˈdiːlɪŋ 34</p><p>drugs drʌgz 34</p><p>drums drʌmz 26</p><p>dry draɪ 11, 28</p><p>DVD ˌdiːviːˈdiː 25</p><p>DVD player ˌdiːviːˈdiː ˈpleɪə 15</p><p>ear ɪə 3</p><p>earthquake ˈɜːθkweɪk 37</p><p>Easter ˈiːstə 33</p><p>Easter eggs ˈiːstə egz 33</p><p>egg eg 31</p><p>Egypt ˈiːdʒɪpt 27</p><p>Egyptian ɪˈdʒɪpʃən 27</p><p>elderly ˈeldəli 5</p><p>electricals ɪˈlektrɪkəlz 19</p><p>elephant ˈelɪfənt 31</p><p>else els 9</p><p>email ˈiːmeɪl 16</p><p>email address ˈiːmeɪl əˈdres 16</p><p>end end 53</p><p>endless ˈendləs 59</p><p>engineer ˌendʒɪˈnɪə 14</p><p>English ˈɪŋglɪʃ 15, 27</p><p>enjoy ɪnˈdʒɔɪ 18, 24</p><p>entrance ˈentrəns 29</p><p>envelope ˈenvələʊp 16</p><p>Europe ˈjʊərəp 27</p><p>even ˈiːvən 50</p><p>evening ˈiːvnɪŋ 35, 51, 60</p><p>every ˈevri 12</p><p>everywhere ˈevrɪweə 53</p><p>exam ɪgˈzæm 15, 38</p><p>excellent ˈeksələnt 56</p><p>exchange ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ 21</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 161</p><p>exchange some money</p><p>ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ sʌm mʌni 21</p><p>Excuse me ɪkˈskjuːs miː 8, 29</p><p>exercise ˈeksəsaɪz 6</p><p>exit ˈeksɪt 29</p><p>expect ɪkˈspekt 60</p><p>ex-boyfriend eks ˈbɔɪfrend 58</p><p>ex-wife eks waɪf 58</p><p>eye aɪ 3</p><p>face feɪs 3, 5</p><p>factory ˈfæktəri 14</p><p>fail an exam feɪl ən ɪgˈzæm 15</p><p>fair feə 5</p><p>fall fɔːl 49, 60</p><p>fall asleep fɔːl əˈsliːp 12</p><p>family ˈfæmli 1</p><p>farm fɑːm 30</p><p>farm animal fɑːm ˈænɪməl 31</p><p>farmer ˈfɑːmə 14, 30</p><p>fast fɑːst 54</p><p>fast food fɑːst fuːd 10</p><p>fast food restaurant fɑːst fuːd</p><p>ˈrestrɒnt 22</p><p>fat fæt 5</p><p>father ˈfɑːðə 1</p><p>favourite ˈfeɪvərɪt 23, 35</p><p>February ˈfebruəri 51</p><p>feed fiːd 31</p><p>feel fiːl 6, 60</p><p>feelings ˈfiːlɪŋz 7</p><p>feet fiːt 3</p><p>ferry ˈferi 18</p><p>festival ˈfestɪvl 33</p><p>field fiːld 30</p><p>fill in a form fɪl ɪn ə fɔːm 21</p><p>fill up with fɪl ʌp wɪð 32</p><p>film fɪlm 24, 25</p><p>film star fɪlm stɑː 24</p><p>fine faɪn 6, 34</p><p>finger ˈfɪŋgə 3</p><p>Finnish ˈfɪnɪʃ 27</p><p>fireworks ˈfaɪəwɜːks 33</p><p>first floor fɜːst flɔː 19</p><p>fish fɪʃ 10, 31</p><p>fish and chips fɪʃ ənd tʃɪps 10,</p><p>22, 33</p><p>flight flaɪt 18, 32</p><p>flight attendant</p><p>flaɪt əˈtendənt 32</p><p>flood flʌd 37</p><p>floor flɔː 19, 21</p><p>flute fluːt 26</p><p>flute-player fluːt ˈpleɪə 26</p><p>fly flaɪ 18, 49</p><p>foal fəʊl 31</p><p>fog fɒg 28</p><p>foggy ˈfɒgi 28</p><p>folk music fəʊk ˈmjuːzɪk 26</p><p>food fuːd 10, 19</p><p>foot fʊt 3</p><p>football ˈfʊtbɔːl 23</p><p>football hooligan</p><p>ˈfʊtbɔːl ˈhuːlɪgən 34</p><p>football hooliganism</p><p>ˈfʊtbɔːl ˈhuːlɪgənɪzəm 34</p><p>forest ˈfɒrɪst 30</p><p>forest fire ˈfɒrɪst faɪə 37</p><p>fork fɔːk 11</p><p>form fɔːm 21</p><p>fortnight ˈfɔːtnaɪt 51</p><p>fourth fɔːθ 19</p><p>freezer ˈfriːzə 11</p><p>French frentʃ 27</p><p>Friday ˈfraɪdeɪ 51</p><p>fridge frɪdʒ 11</p><p>friend frend 25</p><p>friendly ˈfrendli 54</p><p>front frʌnt 53</p><p>fruit fruːt 10</p><p>fruit juice fruːt dʒuːs 10</p><p>fruit salad fruːt ˈsæləd 22</p><p>frying pan ˈfraɪɪŋ pæn 11</p><p>funeral ˈfjuːnərəl 2</p><p>furniture ˈfɜːnɪtʃə 19, 55</p><p>future ˈfjuːtʃə 52</p><p>game geɪm 38</p><p>gardening ˈgɑːdənɪŋ 25</p><p>garlic ˈgɑːlɪk 10</p><p>geography dʒɪˈɒgrəfi 15</p><p>German ˈdʒɜːmən 27</p><p>Germany ˈdʒɜːməni 27</p><p>get get 45</p><p>get a bus get ə bʌs 29</p><p>get a degree get ə dɪˈgriː 15</p><p>get a train get ə treɪn 29</p><p>get back get</p><p>. I/my</p><p>got married in (year).</p><p>For my/his/her honeymoon, I/he/she went</p><p>to .</p><p>I have / My has</p><p>children. They were born in and</p><p>(years).</p><p>3 Parts of the body</p><p>A Head and face</p><p>12 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>hair</p><p>eye</p><p>nose</p><p>tooth / teeth</p><p>ear</p><p>lip</p><p>neck</p><p>shoulder</p><p>nail</p><p>thumb</p><p>finger</p><p>hand</p><p>arm</p><p>chest</p><p>side</p><p>stomach</p><p>We have skin</p><p>covering our</p><p>bodies.</p><p>back</p><p>waist</p><p>hip</p><p>B Arm and leg</p><p>C Rest of body</p><p>D Inside the body</p><p>leg</p><p>knee</p><p>foot / feet</p><p>toe</p><p>Pronunciation problems</p><p>eye /aɪ/ knee /niː/ stomach /ˈstʌmək/ heart /hɑːt / blood /blʌd/ foot /fʊt/ tooth /tuːθ/</p><p>Singular and plurals</p><p>one foot – two feet one tooth – two teeth</p><p>Hair is a singular word. My hair is very long – I must cut it soon.</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>heart brain blood</p><p>mouth</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Usually we use my, your, his, her, etc. with parts of the body.</p><p>Katie is washing her hair [NOT Jane is washing the hair]. I have a pain in my leg [NOT I have a pain in the leg].</p><p>(See Unit 6: Health and illness.)</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Here are the names of some parts of the body with the letters mixed up. What are they?</p><p>1 eken 6 are</p><p>2 osen 7 hotot</p><p>3 rathe 8 buhtm</p><p>4 hamcost 9 akbc</p><p>5 olderush 10 tiwas</p><p>Complete these sentences with words from the opposite page.</p><p>1 Ahandhasfive . 6 Youhearwithyour .</p><p>2 Afoothasfive . 7 Thechildsatonherfather’s .</p><p>3 Anadulthas32 . 8 Your type can be A, B, AB or O.</p><p>4 Yousmellwithyour . 9 You think with your .</p><p>5 The is a symbol of love.</p><p>Correct the mistakes in the sentences.</p><p>1 I have a pain in the side. I have a pain in my side.</p><p>2 That woman has got very big foots.</p><p>3 My grandfather has a pain in the shoulder.</p><p>4 The baby has already got two tooths.</p><p>5 The little girl needs to wash the face and the hands before dinner.</p><p>6 My hairs are dirty. I need to wash them.</p><p>Parts of the body are often used in compound nouns too. Complete these nouns with a word</p><p>from the opposite page.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 13</p><p>3.1</p><p>3.2</p><p>3.3</p><p>3.4</p><p>knee</p><p>fingers</p><p>3 stick 5 scarf</p><p>2 ball 4 brush 6 bag</p><p>Complete the crossword. Look at the pictures.</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3 4</p><p>5</p><p>3.5</p><p>1 arm chair</p><p>1</p><p>4</p><p>2</p><p>2</p><p>3 5</p><p>4 Clothes</p><p>A Clothes</p><p>hat</p><p>coat jacket</p><p>socks</p><p>scarf gloves shoes trainers boots suit</p><p>T-shirt watch dress ring</p><p>skirt</p><p>shirt</p><p>Plural words</p><p>These words are always plural in English. They need a plural verb.</p><p>B</p><p>trousers jeans shorts tights glasses</p><p>14 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>sweater /</p><p>jumper</p><p>pyjamas</p><p>belt</p><p>tie</p><p>sunglasses</p><p>My suit is new but these trousers are old. Her jeans / shorts / tights are blue.</p><p>Note: You say: a pair of trousers / shorts / glasses, etc.</p><p>Verbs</p><p>You wear clothes but you carry things.</p><p>You wear glasses.</p><p>Naomi is wearing a long blue coat.</p><p>She’s carrying a suitcase and a handbag.</p><p>You can also say: Naomi has (got) a blue coat on.</p><p>You carry a bag and an umbrella.</p><p>C</p><p>In the morning you get dressed or put your clothes on. At night you get undressed or you take your</p><p>clothes off.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>You put clothes on but you take clothes off</p><p>[NOT put clothes off].</p><p>Tip</p><p>When you get dressed in the morning, say to</p><p>yourself Now I’m putting on my socks. Now I’m</p><p>putting on my shoes and so on.</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Match the item of clothing with the part of the body.</p><p>scarf belt shoe hat glove glasses tights ring</p><p>Complete the verbs in the table.</p><p>morning night</p><p>get get</p><p>or your clothes on or your clothes off</p><p>What are you wearing today? Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>I’m wearing a white T-shirt and a blue jumper. I’ve got a pair of black trousers on. I’m wearing blue socks and white</p><p>trainers. I’ve also got a watch and a pair of glasses on.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 15</p><p>4.5</p><p>4.6</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><p>1 Joe has a job interview today, so he’s wearing a smart su , a white</p><p>sh andat .</p><p>2 Julia’s not working today, so she’s wearing a T- and sh s.</p><p>3 Lucy is going to play tennis. She’s wearing white s s and tr s.</p><p>4 Gianni is going to a business meeting. He’s ingab with his papers and</p><p>laptop.</p><p>5 My trousers are too big. I have to wear a b .</p><p>6 It’scoldtoday.I’llwearmyj ,andI’ll takemyc too.</p><p>4.1</p><p>Complete the sentences with one of the verbs in the box and put it in the right form.</p><p>be wear carry have</p><p>1 Tim’s jeans blue and his T-shirt red.</p><p>2 Julia jeans and a T-shirt today.</p><p>3 Meena got a red coat on and she some flowers.</p><p>4 Sarah’s dress old but her shoes new.</p><p>5 Last year Harry’s trousers white. Now they grey.</p><p>6 this a new pair of jeans?</p><p>7 My favourite pyjamas dark green.</p><p>8 Kim a new pair of shorts.</p><p>Label the picture.</p><p>4.3</p><p>4.4</p><p>are</p><p>1 sunglasses</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3 4</p><p>5</p><p>6 8</p><p>7</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>5</p><p>10</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>6</p><p>4.2</p><p>it</p><p>dressed</p><p>5 Describing people</p><p>Height /haIt/ and weight /weIt/</p><p>Bettina Schwenke is a very tall woman.</p><p>Tom Jakes is quite short.</p><p>If you aren’t tall or short, you are of medium height.</p><p>Agata Sanchez is really slim.</p><p>I was very thin when I was in hospital.</p><p>[slim is more polite than thin]</p><p>The doctor said I am overweight. [weigh too much]</p><p>Their cat is very fat. It needs to go on a diet.</p><p>Face and head</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Suri has dark skin and dark hair. She has brown eyes.</p><p>Polly has blonde (or fair) hair and fair skin. She has blue eyes.</p><p>Ben has a beard and long hair. He has green eyes.</p><p>Luca has a moustache /mʊˈstɑːʃ/ and short hair.</p><p>You can also use has got, for example, Suri has got</p><p>dark hair and dark skin.</p><p>My mother is a very beautiful woman. [very pretty]</p><p>My dad’s a very good-looking man.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>People are tall [NOT People are high].</p><p>People have blonde or dark hair [NOT hairs].</p><p>My sister is pretty. (usually girls / women only)</p><p>Bob’s an ugly man. [ugly = the opposite of beautiful or good-looking]</p><p>I’m not ugly or beautiful, I’m just average-looking!</p><p>Age</p><p>My grandmother is 97. She’s very old. My sister is 14. She’s young, but would like to be older. My</p><p>father is 56. He’s middle-aged, but would like to be younger!</p><p>This hospital is for elderly people. (more polite than old)</p><p>Expressions</p><p>A: How tall is Bettina / Tom? B: She’s 1.85 metres tall. / He’s 1.48 metres tall.</p><p>A: How heavy are you? / How much do you weigh? B: I weigh 62 kilos / 74 kilos, etc.</p><p>A: How old is he? B: He’s 84.</p><p>A: What does Gemma / your sister look like?</p><p>B: She’s tall and dark. She’s very pretty.</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>16 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Bettina Schwenke</p><p>Tom Jakes</p><p>Suri</p><p>Polly</p><p>Ben Luca</p><p>Agata Sanchez</p><p>Tip</p><p>Some of the words on this page are a little negative, so be</p><p>careful how you use them. It’s better not to say to someone:</p><p>‘You are fat / thin / ugly / old.’</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><p>1 He’s only 1 metre 52. He’s quite.</p><p>2 Very people are often good at basketball.</p><p>3 Models are usually .</p><p>4 Does she have dark skin? No, it’s .</p><p>5 She’s only seven. She’s very .</p><p>6 If I eat too much I’ll be .</p><p>7 My grandmother is in this hospital. It’s a hospital for people. (don’t use ‘ old’)</p><p>Complete the questions using the words in brackets ().</p><p>1 (your brother)</p><p>He’s about 1 metre 75.</p><p>2 Is ? (Elena’s hair)</p><p>No, she’s got dark hair.</p><p>3 Is ? (Mike’s hair)</p><p>Yes, it is quite long.</p><p>4 Are ? (your parents)</p><p>Not really, they’re middle-aged.</p><p>5 Is ? (his sister)</p><p>Yes, she’s very pretty.</p><p>6 Why ? (Sara, so thin)</p><p>She’s very ill.</p><p>Write sentences about the</p><p>people in these pictures.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 17</p><p>5.1</p><p>5.2</p><p>5.3</p><p>short</p><p>How tall is your brother?</p><p>1 Felicity’s</p><p>2 Jeffhas</p><p>3 Anika’s got</p><p>4 Stefan’s hair is and he</p><p>Write questions.</p><p>1 your brother, height</p><p>2 your teacher, looks</p><p>3 you, weight</p><p>4 your mother, age</p><p>5 your sister, height</p><p>6 your parents, looks</p><p>Now write answers to the questions in 5.4.</p><p>1 He’s not very tall. He’s 1 metre 52.</p><p>5.4</p><p>5.5</p><p>Felicity Jeff Anika Stefan</p><p>got blonde hair and fair skin.</p><p>How tall is your brother?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Write down the names of three people you know. Then write about their:</p><p>• height (tall, short, medium height) • eyes (colour)</p><p>• hair (colour, long, short, beard) • looks (pretty, average-looking, etc.)</p><p>6 Health and illness</p><p>How are you today?</p><p>I’m very well, thanks.</p><p>I’m fine, thanks.</p><p>I don’t feel very well. I must go home and rest. (I’ll probably be OK tomorrow.)</p><p>I feel ill. Can you get a doctor, please? (Perhaps it’s a serious problem.)</p><p>That fish was bad.</p><p>bæk 45</p><p>get dressed get drest 4, 12</p><p>get information get</p><p>ˌɪnfəˈmeɪʃən 29</p><p>get married get ˈmærɪd 2, 45</p><p>get off get ɒf 29, 46</p><p>get on get ɒn 46</p><p>get to get tuː 45</p><p>get undressed get ʌnˈdrest 4,</p><p>12</p><p>get up get ʌp 12, 46, 47</p><p>get used to get ˈjus tu 57</p><p>gift shop gɪft ʃɒp 19</p><p>giraffe dʒɪˈrɑːf 31</p><p>give gɪv 31</p><p>give a lift gɪv ə lɪft 32</p><p>glass glɑːs 11</p><p>glasses ˈglɑːsɪz 4</p><p>global ˈgləʊbəl 37</p><p>gloves glʌvz 4</p><p>go gəʊ 12, 23, 24, 39, 42</p><p>go by gəʊ baɪ 39, 49</p><p>go dancing gəʊ ˈdɑːntsɪŋ 39</p><p>go down gəʊ daʊn 39</p><p>go downstairs gəʊ ˌdaʊnˈsteəz 12</p><p>go fishing gəʊ ˈfɪʃɪŋ 39</p><p>go for a walk</p><p>gəʊ fɔːr ə wɔːk 47</p><p>go in gəʊ ɪn 39</p><p>go into gəʊ ˈɪntə 39</p><p>go off gəʊ ɒf 46</p><p>go on gəʊ ɒn 46</p><p>go on holiday gəʊ</p><p>ɒn ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>go out of gəʊ aʊt ɒv 39</p><p>go shopping gəʊ ˈʃɒpɪŋ 39</p><p>go sightseeing gəʊ ˈsaɪtsiːɪŋ 39</p><p>go skiing gəʊ ˈskiːɪŋ 30, 39</p><p>go swimming gəʊ ˈswɪmɪŋ 39</p><p>go through customs gəʊ θruː</p><p>ˈkɪstəms 32</p><p>go to bed gəʊ tə bed 12, 47</p><p>go to court gəʊ tə kɔːt 34</p><p>go to prison gəʊ tə ˈprɪzn 34</p><p>go to the bathroom</p><p>gəʊ tə ðə ˈbɑːθrʊm 47</p><p>go to school gəʊ tə skuːl 15</p><p>go to university gəʊ tə</p><p>ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːsəti 15</p><p>go to work gəʊ tə wɜːk 47</p><p>go up gəʊ ʌp 39</p><p>go upstairs gəʊ ʌpˈsteəz 12</p><p>goat gəʊt 31</p><p>go walking gəʊ waːkɪŋ 30</p><p>going to ˈgəʊɪŋ tuː 39</p><p>good gʊd 54, 56</p><p>Good afternoon</p><p>gʊd ˌɑːftəˈnuːn 8</p><p>good at gʊd æt 57</p><p>Good evening gʊd ˈiːvnɪŋ 8</p><p>good for you gʊd fə juː 6</p><p>Good luck gʊd lʌk 8</p><p>Good morning gʊdˈmɔːnɪŋ 8</p><p>Goodbye gʊdˈbaɪ 8, 48</p><p>162 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>good-looking ˌgʊdˈlʊkɪŋ 5</p><p>Goodnight ˌgʊdˈnaɪt 8</p><p>granddaughter ˈgrænˌdɔːtə 1</p><p>grandfather ˈgrænˌfɑːðə 1</p><p>grandmother ˈgrænˌmʌðə 1</p><p>grandparents</p><p>ˈgrænˌpeərənts 1</p><p>grandson ˈgrænsʌn 1</p><p>grape(s) greɪp 10</p><p>great greɪt 56</p><p>green griːn 5</p><p>green beans griːn biːnz 22</p><p>greetings ˈgriːtɪŋz 8</p><p>groom gruːm 2</p><p>ground floor graʊnd flɔː 19</p><p>grow flowers / vegetables</p><p>grəʊ flaʊəz / ˈvedʒtəbəlz 25</p><p>guilty ˈgɪlti 34</p><p>guitar gɪˈtɑː 26</p><p>hair heə 3, 5, 31</p><p>haircut ˈheəkʌt 38</p><p>hairbrush ˈheəbrʌʃ 12</p><p>hairdresser(’ s) ˈheəˌdresə 14</p><p>hairdryer ˈheəˌdraɪə 21</p><p>half hɑːf 58</p><p>half-hour ˈhɑːfˌaʊə 58</p><p>half-price ˈhɑːfˈpraɪs 58</p><p>Halloween ˌhæləʊˈiːn 33</p><p>ham hæm 31</p><p>hamburger ˈhæmˌbɜːgə 10</p><p>hand hænd 3</p><p>handbag ˈhænbæg 4</p><p>happily ˈhæpɪli 59</p><p>happiness ˈhæpɪnəs 59</p><p>happy ˈhæpi 7</p><p>happy about ˈhæpi əˈbaʊt 7, 57</p><p>Happy Birthday ˈhæpi</p><p>ˈbɜːθdeɪ 8, 48</p><p>Happy Christmas</p><p>ˈhæpi ˈkrɪsməs 8</p><p>happy for ˈhæpi fɔː 7</p><p>Happy New Year</p><p>ˈhæpi njuː jɪə 8, 48</p><p>hat hæt 4</p><p>hate heɪt 7</p><p>have hæv 12, 22, 25, 38</p><p>have (your) hair cut hæv heə</p><p>kʌt 38</p><p>have a baby hæv ə ˈbeɪbi 2</p><p>have a bad day hæv ə bæd</p><p>deɪ 36</p><p>have a bath hæv ə bɑːθ 38</p><p>have a cold hæv ə kəʊld 6, 38</p><p>have a cup of tea (coffee)</p><p>hæv ə kʌp ɒv tiː 22, 38</p><p>have a drink hæv ə drɪŋk 38</p><p>have a game hæv ə geɪm 38</p><p>have a go hæv ə gəʊ 38</p><p>have a good journey</p><p>hæv ə gʊd ˈdʒɜːni 38</p><p>have a good time</p><p>hæv ə gʊd taɪm 38</p><p>have a great time</p><p>hæv ə greɪt taɪm 18</p><p>have a headache</p><p>hæv ə ˈhedeɪk 6, 38</p><p>have a healthy diet</p><p>hæv ə ˈhelθi daɪət 6</p><p>have a heart attack</p><p>hæv ə hɑːt əˈtæk 6</p><p>have a holiday ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>have a lesson hæv ə ˈlesən 38</p><p>have a look hæv ə lʊk 38</p><p>have a meal hæv ə miːl 38</p><p>have a meeting</p><p>hæv ə ˈmiːtɪŋ 38</p><p>have a moment</p><p>hæv ə ˈməʊmənt 38</p><p>have a party hæv ə ˈpɑːti 38</p><p>have a piano lesson hæv ə</p><p>pɪˈænəʊ lesən 26</p><p>have a picnic hæv ə ˈpɪknɪk 30</p><p>have a row with</p><p>hæv ə rəʊ wɪð 36</p><p>have a sleep hæv ə sliːp 25</p><p>have a shower hæv ə ˈʃaʊə 12, 47</p><p>have a swim hæv ə swɪm 38</p><p>have a wake-up call hæv ə weɪk</p><p>ʌp kɔːl 21</p><p>have a word with hæv ə wɜːd</p><p>wɪð 7, 38</p><p>have an exam</p><p>hæv ən ɪgˈzæm 38</p><p>have breakfast hæv</p><p>ˈbrekfəst 21, 38, 47</p><p>have coffee hæv ˈkɒfi 38</p><p>have dinner hæv ˈdɪnə 38</p><p>have friends round</p><p>hæv frendz raʊnd 25</p><p>have got hæv gɒt 38</p><p>have got … on hæv gɒt ɒn 4</p><p>have homework hæv</p><p>həʊmwɜːk 38</p><p>have lunch hæv lʌnʃ 38</p><p>have the time hæv ðə taɪm 38</p><p>have to hæv tuː 38</p><p>have toothache hæv tuːθeɪk 6</p><p>Have you got any …?</p><p>hæv juː gɒt ˈeni 1</p><p>hay fever heɪ ˈfiːvə 6</p><p>head hed 3, 5</p><p>headache ˈhedeɪk 6, 38</p><p>headphones ˈhedfəʊnz 25</p><p>health helθ 6</p><p>heart hɑːt 3</p><p>heart attack hɑːt əˈtæk 6</p><p>heavy ˈhevi 5</p><p>height haɪt 5</p><p>helicopter ˈhelɪkɒptə 32</p><p>hello heˈləʊ 8, 48</p><p>hen hen 31</p><p>here hɪə 53</p><p>here is … hɪər ɪz 21</p><p>hi haɪ 8</p><p>hi-fi ˈhaɪfaɪ 13</p><p>hill hɪl 30</p><p>hip hɪp 3</p><p>hire a car haɪə ə kɑː 32</p><p>history ˈhɪstri 15</p><p>hobby ˈhɒbi 25</p><p>Hogmanay ˌhɒgməneɪ 33</p><p>holiday ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>home həʊm 12, 25, 36, 53</p><p>homeless ˈhəʊmləs 37</p><p>homework ˈhəʊmwɜːk 15, 38</p><p>honeymoon ˈhʌnɪmuːn 2</p><p>hooligan ˈhuːlɪgən 34</p><p>hope həʊp 7, 60</p><p>horrible ˈhɒrəbl 56</p><p>horror ˈhɒrə 24</p><p>horse hɔːs 31</p><p>horse racing ˈhɔːs ˌreɪsɪŋ 23</p><p>hospital ˈhɒspɪtəl 6, 14</p><p>hot hɒt 7, 28</p><p>hot dog hɒt dɒg 10</p><p>hotel həʊˈtel 21</p><p>hour aʊə 51, 52</p><p>Houses of Parliament</p><p>ˈhaʊzɪz əv ˈpɑːləmənt 33</p><p>How (awful) haʊ 56</p><p>How about …? haʊ əˈbaʊt 7, 9</p><p>How are you? haʊ ə juː 6, 8</p><p>How do I get to …? haʊ duː aɪ</p><p>get tə 29</p><p>How do you …? haʊ duː juː 47</p><p>How do you say …? haʊ duː juː</p><p>seɪ 48</p><p>How heavy are you? haʊ hevi ɑː</p><p>juː 6</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 163</p><p>How long does it take …?</p><p>haʊ lɒŋ dəz ɪt teɪk 43</p><p>How much …? haʊ mʌtʃ 21</p><p>How much do you weigh? haʊ</p><p>mʌtʃ duː juː weɪ 6</p><p>How often do you …? haʊ ˈɒfən</p><p>duː juː 47</p><p>How old is he? haʊ əʊld ɪz hi 6</p><p>How tall is...? haʊ tɔːl ɪz 6</p><p>How would you like …?</p><p>haʊ wʊd juː laɪk 22</p><p>hungry ˈhʌŋgri 7, 37</p><p>hurricane ˈhʌrɪkən 28, 37</p><p>hurry up ˈhʌri ʌp 9</p><p>husband ˈhʌzbənd 1</p><p>I agree aɪ əˈgri 9</p><p>I don’t mind aɪ dəʊnt maɪnd 9</p><p>I’d like … aɪd laɪk 22</p><p>I’ll have … aɪl hæv 22</p><p>ice cream ˌaɪsˈkriːm 22, 38</p><p>I'm looking for ... aɪm ˈlʌkɪŋ</p><p>fɔː 29</p><p>ICT (information communication</p><p>technology) ˌaɪsiːˈtiː 15</p><p>if ɪf 50</p><p>ill ɪl 2, 6, 7</p><p>illness ˈɪlnəs 6</p><p>impossible ɪmˈpɒsəbəl 58</p><p>in ɪn 24, 49, 53</p><p>in a bad mood ɪn ə bæd</p><p>muːd 36</p><p>in a moment ɪn ə ˈməʊmənt 52</p><p>in advance ɪn ədˈvɑːns 32</p><p>India ˈɪndiə 27</p><p>Indian ˈɪndiən 27</p><p>informal ɪnˈfɔːməl 58</p><p>information ˌɪnfəˈmeɪʃən</p><p>29, 55</p><p>innocent ˈɪnəsənt 34</p><p>instructor ɪnˈstrʌktə 59</p><p>interested in ˈɪntrəstɪd ɪn 57</p><p>Internet ˈɪntənet 16, 25</p><p>interview (with) ˈɪntəvjuː 35</p><p>Irish ˈaɪrɪʃ 27</p><p>Is everything all right?</p><p>ɪz ˈevrɪθɪŋ ɔːl raɪt 22</p><p>Is there...? ɪz ðeɪə 29</p><p>it doesn’t matter ɪt dʌznt</p><p>ˈmætə 9</p><p>it takes (+ time) ɪt teɪks 43</p><p>It’s … here ɪts hɪə 16</p><p>It’s a … day ɪts ə deɪ 28</p><p>It's got... ɪts gɒt 38</p><p>it’s up to you ɪts ʌp tə juː 9</p><p>Italian ɪˈtæliən 27</p><p>Italy ˈɪtəli 27</p><p>jacket ˈdʒækɪt 4</p><p>January ˈdʒænjuəri 51</p><p>Japan dʒəˈpæn 27</p><p>Japanese dʒæpnˈiːz 27</p><p>jazz dʒæz 26</p><p>jeans dʒiːnz 4</p><p>job dʒɒb 14</p><p>journalist ˈdʒɜːnəlɪst 35</p><p>journey ˈdʒɜːni 32</p><p>judo ˈdʒuːdəʊ 23</p><p>July dʒuˈlaɪ 51</p><p>jump dʒʌmp 49</p><p>jumper ˈdʒʌmpə 4</p><p>June dʒuːn 51</p><p>just relax dʒʌst rɪˈlæks 13</p><p>karate kəˈrɑːti 23</p><p>kayaking ˈkaɪækɪŋ 23</p><p>key kiː 21</p><p>keyboard ˈkiːbɔːd 16</p><p>kid kɪd 31</p><p>kilo ˈkiːləʊ 55</p><p>king kɪŋ 33</p><p>kitchen ˈkɪtʃɪn 11</p><p>kitchen roll ˈkɪtʃɪn rəʊl 11</p><p>knee niː 3</p><p>knife naɪf 11</p><p>lake leɪk 30</p><p>lamb læm 31</p><p>lamp læmp 13</p><p>land lænd 32</p><p>laptop ˈlæptɒp 16</p><p>last lɑːst 52</p><p>late for leɪt fə 36</p><p>law lɔː 34</p><p>leap year liːp jɪə 51</p><p>learn lɜːn 15, 26</p><p>leather ˈleðə 31</p><p>leave liːv 32</p><p>leave a voicemail liːv ə</p><p>ˈvɔɪsmeɪl 17</p><p>left left 29, 53</p><p>leg leg 3</p><p>lend lend 60</p><p>lesson(s) lesʌn 26, 38</p><p>let’s lets 9</p><p>letter ˈletə 16</p><p>letter box ˈletə bɒks 16</p><p>librarian laɪˈbreəriən 14</p><p>library ˈlaɪbrəri 29</p><p>lift lɪft 21</p><p>light laɪt 12, 13</p><p>light switch laɪt swɪtʃ 13</p><p>lightning ˈlaɪtnɪŋ 28</p><p>like laɪk 7, 23, 50</p><p>lion laɪən 31</p><p>lip lɪp 3</p><p>lipstick ˈlɪpstɪk 3</p><p>listen (to) ˈlɪsən 13, 25, 26, 47</p><p>listen to ˈlɪsən tə 57</p><p>litre ˈliːtə 55</p><p>living room ˈlɪvɪŋ ruːm 13</p><p>loaf ləʊf 55</p><p>local ˈləʊkəl 17</p><p>locked lɒkt 17</p><p>long lɒŋ 5</p><p>look after lʊk ˈɑːftə 57</p><p>look at lʊk æt 57</p><p>look for lʊk fɔː 29, 36, 57</p><p>look forward to</p><p>lʊk ˈfɔːwəd tə 57</p><p>look like lʊk laɪk 5</p><p>Look out lʊk aʊt 9</p><p>loose luːs 60</p><p>lose luːz 36, 60</p><p>loud laʊd 54</p><p>loudly ˈlaʊdli 54</p><p>love lʌv 7, 24</p><p>lovely ˈlʌvli 56</p><p>lunch lʌntʃ 38</p><p>luggage ˈlʌgɪdʒ 18, 21, 32, 55</p><p>magazine ˌmægəˈziːn 25, 35</p><p>main course meɪn kɔːs 22</p><p>make meɪk 12, 40</p><p>make a (phone) call</p><p>meɪk ə kɔːl 16</p><p>make a choice meɪk ə tʃɔɪs 41</p><p>make a film meɪk ə fɪlm 41</p><p>make a mess meɪk ə mes 41</p><p>make a mistake</p><p>meɪk ə mɪsˈteɪk 41</p><p>make a noise meɪk ə nɔɪz 41</p><p>make a photocopy</p><p>meɪk ə ˈfəʊtəˌkɒpi 41</p><p>make a video</p><p>meɪk ə ˈvɪdɪəʊ 41</p><p>make an appointment</p><p>meɪk ən əˈpɔɪntmənt 41</p><p>make breakfast</p><p>meɪk ˈbrekfəst 41</p><p>make dinner meɪk ˈdɪnə 41, 47</p><p>make hot chocolate meɪk hɒt</p><p>ˈtʃɒklət 41</p><p>make lunch meɪk lʌntʃ 41</p><p>164 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>make me (feel) meɪk miː 41</p><p>make my bed meɪk maɪ bed 41</p><p>make</p><p>phone calls meɪk fəʊn</p><p>kɔːlz 16</p><p>make some coffee</p><p>meɪk səm ˈkɒfi 41</p><p>make some tea</p><p>meɪk səm tiː 41</p><p>malaria məˈleəriə 6</p><p>man-made ˌmænˈmeɪd 37</p><p>manner ˈmænə 54</p><p>map mæp 32</p><p>March mɑːtʃ 51</p><p>marriage ˈmærɪdʒ 2</p><p>married ˈmærɪd 2</p><p>maths mæθs 15</p><p>May meɪ 51</p><p>meal miːl 22, 38</p><p>meat miːt 10, 31</p><p>mechanic məˈkænɪk 14</p><p>media ˈmiːdiə 35</p><p>medium ˈmiːdiəm 5, 22</p><p>memory ˈmeməri 17</p><p>memory stick ˈmeməri stɪk 16</p><p>men’s wear menz weə 19</p><p>mend mend 36</p><p>menu ˈmenjuː 22</p><p>Merry Christmas</p><p>ˈmeri ˈkrɪsməs 8, 48</p><p>message ˈmesɪdʒ 16, 17</p><p>microwave</p><p>ˈmaɪkrəweɪv 11</p><p>middle ˌmɪdəl 53</p><p>middle-aged ˈmɪdəlˈeɪdʒd 5</p><p>milk mɪlk 10, 31, 55</p><p>mineral water</p><p>ˈmɪnərəl ˈwɔːtə 10</p><p>mini-bar ˈmɪni bɑː 21</p><p>minus ˈmaɪnəs 28</p><p>minute mɪnɪt 51</p><p>mirror ˈmɪrə 12</p><p>miss mɪs 49</p><p>mixed salad mɪkst ˈsæləd 22</p><p>mobile ˈməʊbaɪl 16</p><p>mobile device</p><p>ˈməʊbaɪl dɪˈvaɪs 16</p><p>modern languages</p><p>ˈmɒdən ˈlæŋgwɪdʒɪz 15</p><p>moment ˈməʊmənt 38, 52</p><p>Monday ˈmʌndeɪ 51</p><p>money ˈmʌni 21, 55</p><p>monkey ˈmʌŋki 31</p><p>month mʌnθ 51</p><p>mood muːd 36</p><p>morning ˈmɔːnɪŋ 35, 51</p><p>Moroccan məˈrɒkən 27</p><p>Morocco məˈrɒkəʊ 25</p><p>mosquito mɒsˈkiːtəʊ 6</p><p>mother ˈmʌðə 1</p><p>motor racing ˈməʊtə ˈreɪsɪŋ 23</p><p>motorbike ˈməʊtəbaɪk 32</p><p>motorcycle ˈməʊtəˌsaɪkəl 32</p><p>mountain ˈmaʊntɪn 30</p><p>mouse maʊs 16</p><p>moustache məˈstɑːʃ 5</p><p>mouth maʊθ 3</p><p>mug mʌg 11, 34</p><p>mugger ˈmʌgə 34</p><p>mugging ˈmʌgɪŋ 34</p><p>murder ˈmɜːdə 34</p><p>murderer ˈmɜːdərə 34</p><p>museum mjuːˈziːəm 29</p><p>mushroom(s) ˈmʌʃrʊm 10, 22</p><p>music ˈmjuːzɪk 15, 26</p><p>musical ˈmjuːzɪkəl 24, 26</p><p>musical instruments ˈmjuːzɪkəl</p><p>ˈɪnstrəmənts 26</p><p>musician mjuːˈzɪʃən 26</p><p>nail neɪl 3</p><p>national park ˈnæʃənl pɑːk 30</p><p>nationality næʃənˈæləti 27</p><p>natural disaster</p><p>ˈnætʃrəl dɪˈzɑːstə 37</p><p>nature ˈneɪtʃə 30, 35</p><p>neck nek 3</p><p>nephew ˈnefjuː 1</p><p>never ˈnevə 52</p><p>new potatoes</p><p>njuː pəˈteɪtəʊz 22</p><p>New Year’s Day njuː jɪəz deɪ 33</p><p>New Year’s Eve ˌnjuː jɪəz iːv 33</p><p>New Zealand ˌnjuː ˈziːlənd 27</p><p>news njuːz 35, 55</p><p>newsagent(’ s) ˈnjuːzˌeɪdʒənt</p><p>19</p><p>newspaper ˈnjuːzˌpeɪpə 25, 29,</p><p>35</p><p>next nekst 52</p><p>next day delivery nekst deɪ</p><p>dɪˈlɪvəri 20</p><p>nice naɪs 56</p><p>niece niːs 1</p><p>night naɪt 60</p><p>nightlife ˈnaɪtlaɪf 18</p><p>no smoking nəʊ ˈsməʊkɪŋ 29</p><p>non-smoking nɒn ˈsməʊkɪŋ 58</p><p>normally ˈnɔːməli 12, 47</p><p>North America nɔːθ əˈmerɪkə 27</p><p>nose nəʊz 3</p><p>not bad nɒt bæd 56</p><p>not often nɒt ˈɒfən 52</p><p>not too bad nɒt tuː bæd 8</p><p>note nəʊt 19</p><p>notebook ˈnəʊtbʊk 15</p><p>nothing ˈnʌθɪŋ 25</p><p>notice ˈnəʊtɪs 29</p><p>noticeboard nəʊtɪsbɔːd 15</p><p>novel ˈnɒvəl 25</p><p>November nəˈvembə 51</p><p>now naʊ 52</p><p>now and then naʊ ən ðen 52</p><p>number ˈnʌmbə 29</p><p>nurse nɜːs 14</p><p>nursery school ˈnɜːsri skuːl 33</p><p>o’clock əʊ’klɒk 52</p><p>occasionally əˈkeɪʒnəli 52</p><p>October ɒkˈtəʊbə 51</p><p>office ˈɒfɪs 14</p><p>often ˈɒfən 52</p><p>OHP əʊ eɪtʃ ˈpiː 15</p><p>Oh dear əʊ dɪə 9</p><p>old(er) əʊld 5</p><p>on ɒn 53</p><p>on strike ɒn straɪk 37</p><p>on the first floor ɒn ðə fɜːst</p><p>flɔː 21</p><p>on the left ɒn ðə left 29, 53</p><p>on the phone ɒn ðə fəʊn 25</p><p>on the right ɒn ðə raɪt 53</p><p>on TV ɒn tiːˈviː 24</p><p>once wʌns 52</p><p>onion ˈʌnjən 10</p><p>online ˌɒnˈlaɪn 16, 20, 25, 35</p><p>online check-in</p><p>ˌɒnˈlaɪn tʃek ɪn 32</p><p>online reviews ˈɑːnlaɪn</p><p>rɪˈvjuːz 20</p><p>only ˈəʊnli 50</p><p>only child ˈəʊnli tʃaɪld 1</p><p>open ˈəʊpən 19</p><p>opera ˈɒpərə 26</p><p>or ɔː 50</p><p>orange ˈɒrɪndʒ 10</p><p>orchestra ˈɔːkɪstrə 26</p><p>order ˈɔːdə 22</p><p>order number ˈɔːdə ˈnʌm.</p><p>bə 20</p><p>out aʊt 53</p><p>out of order aʊt əv ˈɔːdə 29, 36</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 165</p><p>outside line ˌaʊtˈsaɪd laɪn 21</p><p>oven ˈʌvən 33</p><p>over there ˈəʊvə ðeə 21</p><p>overweight ˈəʊvəweɪt 5</p><p>package holiday</p><p>ˈpækɪdʒ ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>pain peɪn 3</p><p>pair of trousers / shorts /</p><p>glasses peər ɒv ˈtraʊzəz /ʃɔːts</p><p>/ ˈglɑːsɪz 4</p><p>Pakistan ˌpɑːkɪˈstɑːn 27</p><p>Pakistani ˌpɑːkɪˈstɑːni 27</p><p>paper ˈpeɪpə 35</p><p>parents ˈpeərənts 1</p><p>park pɑːk 29</p><p>parrot ˈpærət 31</p><p>party ˈpɑːti 38</p><p>pass pɑːs 13, 49</p><p>pass an exam</p><p>pɑːs ən ɪgˈzæm 15</p><p>passport ˈpɑːspɔːt 18, 32</p><p>past pɑːst 52</p><p>pasta ˈpæstə 10</p><p>path pɑːθ 30</p><p>pay peɪ 19, 34</p><p>pay a fine pei ə faɪn 34</p><p>pay for peɪ fɔː 57</p><p>PE (physical education)</p><p>ˌpiːˈiː 15</p><p>pea(s) piː 10</p><p>pear peə 10</p><p>pedestrian area</p><p>pəˈdestriən ˈeəriə 29</p><p>pen pen 15</p><p>pencil ˈpensəl 15</p><p>pencil sharpener ˈpensəl</p><p>ˈʃɑːpənə 15</p><p>pepper ˈpepə 10</p><p>perfect ˈpɜːfəkt 56</p><p>Peru pəˈruː 27</p><p>Peruvian pəˈruːviən 27</p><p>pet pet 31</p><p>petrol ˈpetrəl 32</p><p>phone fəʊn 13, 21, 25</p><p>phone a friend fəʊn ə frend 47</p><p>phone box fəʊn bɒks 16</p><p>phone call ˈfəʊn kɔːl 16</p><p>phone case fəʊn keɪs 17</p><p>phone number fəʊn ˈnʌmbə 16</p><p>photo ˈfəʊtəʊ 43</p><p>photograph ˈfəʊtəgrɑːf 43</p><p>physics ˈfɪzɪks 15</p><p>pianist ˈpiːənɪst 26</p><p>piano piˈænəʊ 26</p><p>picture ˈpɪktʃə 13</p><p>piece of paper piːs əv ˈpeɪpə 15</p><p>pig pɪg 31</p><p>piglet ˈpɪglət 31</p><p>PIN pɪn 17</p><p>pineapple ˈpaɪnæpəl 10</p><p>pitch pɪtʃ 23</p><p>pizza ˈpiːtsə 10</p><p>place pleɪs 22</p><p>plane pleɪn 18, 32</p><p>plaster ˈplɑːstə 36</p><p>plate pleɪt 11, 55</p><p>play pleɪ 23, 24, 25</p><p>play a musical instrument pleɪ ə</p><p>ˈmjuːzɪkəl ˈɪnstrəmənt 26</p><p>play in an orchestra pleɪ ɪn æn</p><p>ˈɔːkɪstrə 26</p><p>play video games pleɪ ˈvɪdɪəʊ</p><p>geimz 25</p><p>please pliːz 8, 48</p><p>please keep off the grass pliːz</p><p>kiːp ɒf ðə grɑːs 29</p><p>Poland ˈpəʊlənd 27</p><p>police pəˈliːs 34</p><p>police officer pəˈliːs ˈɒfɪsə 14</p><p>Polish ˈpəʊlɪʃ 27</p><p>polluted pəˈluːtɪd 37</p><p>pollution pəˈluːʃən 37</p><p>pool puːl 23</p><p>poor pɔː 37</p><p>pop music pɒp ˈmjuːzɪk 26</p><p>pork pɔːk 31</p><p>Portuguese ˌpɔːtʃəˈgiːz 27</p><p>position pəˈzɪʃən 53</p><p>post pəʊst 16, 29</p><p>post code ˈpəʊst kəʊd 20</p><p>post office pəʊst ˈɒfɪs 19, 29</p><p>postcard ˈpəʊstkɑːd 18</p><p>potato(es) pəˈteɪtəʊ 10, 22</p><p>power button ˈpaʊə ˈbʌtən 17</p><p>prefer prɪˈfɜː 7</p><p>pre-heat priː hiːt 58</p><p>pre-school priː skuːl 58</p><p>present ˈprezənt 52</p><p>pretty ˈprɪti 5</p><p>price praɪs 20</p><p>primary school</p><p>ˈpraɪməri skuːl 33</p><p>Prime Minister</p><p>praɪm ˈmɪnɪstə 33</p><p>prison ˈprɪzən 34</p><p>private school ˈpraɪvɪt skuːl 33</p><p>problem ˈprɒbləm 37</p><p>programme ˈprəʊgræm 25, 35</p><p>proud of praʊd ɒv 57</p><p>pub pʌb 22</p><p>pull pʊl 19</p><p>push pʊʃ 19</p><p>put … on pʊt ɒn 4, 46</p><p>put on pʊt ɒn 36, 46</p><p>pyjamas pɪˈdʒɑːməz 4, 12</p><p>queen kwiːn 33</p><p>quickly ˈkwɪkli 59</p><p>quiet ˈkwaɪət 54, 60</p><p>quietly ˈkwaɪətli 54</p><p>quite kwaɪt 60</p><p>rabbit ˈræbɪt 31</p><p>radio ˈreɪdiəʊ 12, 13, 25, 35</p><p>railway station</p><p>ˈreɪlweɪ ˈsteɪʃən 29</p><p>rain reɪn 28</p><p>rainy ˈreɪni 28</p><p>rare reə 22</p><p>rarely ˈreəli 52</p><p>razor ˈreɪzə 12</p><p>read riːd 13, 15, 25, 35</p><p>ready to order ˈredi tə ˈɔːdə 22</p><p>reality TV riˈæləti ˌtiːˈviː 35</p><p>really ˈrɪəli 7, 9</p><p>receipt rɪˈsiːt 19</p><p>recently ˈriːsəntli 52</p><p>reception rɪˈsepʃən 21</p><p>redo ˈriːˌduː 58</p><p>relations rɪˈleɪʃənz 1</p><p>relatives ˈrelətɪvz 1</p><p>relax rɪˈlæks 6, 13</p><p>remote control</p><p>rɪˈməʊt kənˈtrəʊl 13</p><p>repair rɪˈpeə 36</p><p>reply rɪˈplaɪ 48</p><p>reporter rɪˈpɔːtə 35</p><p>reservation ˌrezəˈveɪʃən 21</p><p>reserve (a seat) rɪˈzɜːv 32</p><p>restaurant ˈrestrɒnt 14, 19, 22</p><p>restaurant car ˈrestrɒnt kɑː 32</p><p>return ticket rɪˈtɜːn ˈtɪkɪt 32</p><p>review rɪˈvjuː 20</p><p>rewrite ˈriːraɪt 58</p><p>rice raɪs 10, 55</p><p>ride raɪd 49</p><p>right raɪt 29, 53, 54</p><p>right way raɪt wei 54</p><p>ring rɪŋ 4</p><p>river ˈrɪvə 30</p><p>road rəʊd 29</p><p>166 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>roast beef rəʊst biːf 33</p><p>roast potatoes rəʊst</p><p>pəˈteɪtəʊz 33</p><p>rob rɒb 34</p><p>robber ˈrɒbə 34</p><p>robbery ˈrɒbəri 34</p><p>rock rɒk 26</p><p>romantic (comedy)</p><p>rəˈmæntɪk 24</p><p>room service ˈruːm ˌsɜːvɪs 21</p><p>room with a view</p><p>ruːm wɪð ə vjuː 21</p><p>routine ruːˈtiːn 12</p><p>row raʊ 36</p><p>royal family ˈrɔɪəl ˈfæməli 33</p><p>rubber ˈrʌbə 15</p><p>rucksack ˈrʌksæk 18</p><p>rug rʌg 13</p><p>rugby ˈrʌgbi 23</p><p>ruler ˈruːlə 15</p><p>run rʌn 49</p><p>running ˈrʌnɪŋ 23</p><p>rush hour rʌʃ aʊə 37</p><p>sad sæd 7</p><p>sadness ˈsædnəs 59</p><p>sailing ˈseɪlɪŋ 23</p><p>salad ˈsæləd 22</p><p>salmon fillet ˈsæmən ˈfɪlɪt 22</p><p>salt sɒlt 10</p><p>sandy ˈsændi 59</p><p>Saturday ˈsætədeɪ 51</p><p>saucepan ˈsɔːspən 11</p><p>say seɪ 48</p><p>save seɪv 17</p><p>scarf skɑːf 4</p><p>school skuːl 15</p><p>science fiction saɪəns ˈfɪkʃən</p><p>24</p><p>Scottish ˈskɒtɪʃ 27</p><p>screen skriːn 16, 17</p><p>search sɜːtʃ 20</p><p>season ˈsiːzən 51</p><p>seat siːt 32</p><p>second ˈsekənd 19, 51</p><p>secondary school</p><p>ˈsekəndri skuːl 33</p><p>secretary ˈsekrətəri 14</p><p>see siː 24, 25</p><p>See you soon siː juː suːn 8</p><p>selfies selfis 17</p><p>sell sel 34</p><p>sell drugs sel drʌgz 34</p><p>send a postcard send ə</p><p>pəʊstkɑːd 18</p><p>send a text (message) send ə</p><p>tekst 16</p><p>separated ˈsepəreɪtɪd 2</p><p>September sepˈtembə 51</p><p>shampoo ʃæmˈpuː 12</p><p>sheep ʃiːp 31</p><p>shelf ʃelf 11, 12</p><p>ship ʃɪp 32</p><p>shirt ʃɜːt 4</p><p>shoe(s) ʃuː 4, 55</p><p>shop ʃɒp 14, 19, 29</p><p>shop assistant ʃɒp əˈsɪstənt 14</p><p>shop online ʃɒpɑːnlaɪn 20</p><p>shoplifter ʃɒplɪftə 34</p><p>shoplifting ˈʃɒplɪftɪŋ 34</p><p>shopping ˈʃɒpɪŋ 19</p><p>shopping centre ˈʃɒpɪŋ</p><p>ˈsentə 29</p><p>short ʃɔːt 5</p><p>shorts ʃɔːts 4</p><p>shoulder ˈʃəʊldə 3</p><p>shower ʃaʊə 12, 21, 38</p><p>shower gel ˈʃaʊə dʒel 12</p><p>sick sɪk 6</p><p>side saɪd 3, 29, 53</p><p>sign saɪn 19, 21</p><p>SIM card ˈsɪm kɑːd 17</p><p>single ˈsɪŋgəl 2</p><p>single room ˈsɪŋgəl ruːm 21</p><p>single ticket ˈsɪŋgəl ˈtɪkɪt 32</p><p>sink sɪŋk 11</p><p>sister ˈsɪstə 1</p><p>size saɪz 19, 20</p><p>skiing ˈskiːɪŋ 23, 30</p><p>skin skɪn 3, 5</p><p>skirt skɜːt 4</p><p>sleep sliːp 25</p><p>sleep well</p><p>sliːp wel 8</p><p>slim slɪm 5</p><p>slow sləʊ 54</p><p>slowly ˈsləʊli 54</p><p>smaller (size) smɔːlə 19</p><p>snack snæk 22</p><p>snake sneɪk 31</p><p>sneeze sniːz 6</p><p>snow snəʊ 28</p><p>snowboarding ˈsnəʊbɔːdɪŋ 23</p><p>snowing ˈsnəʊɪŋ 28</p><p>snowstorm ˈsnəʊstɔːm 37</p><p>snowy ˈsnəʊi 28</p><p>so səʊ 50</p><p>soap səʊp 12</p><p>soap opera ˈsəʊpˌɒpərə 35</p><p>socket ˈsɒkɪt 13</p><p>socks sɒks 4</p><p>sofa ˈsəʊfə 13</p><p>soft drink(s) sɒft drɪŋk 22</p><p>sometimes ˈsʌmtaɪmz 47, 52</p><p>son sʌn 1</p><p>song sɒŋ 26</p><p>soon suːn 52</p><p>sorry ˈsɒri 8</p><p>soup (of the day) suːp 22</p><p>South Africa saʊθ ˈæfrɪkə 27</p><p>South African saʊθ ˈæfrɪkən 27</p><p>South America</p><p>saʊθ əˈmerɪkə 27</p><p>spaghetti spəˈgeti 55</p><p>Spain speɪn 27</p><p>Spanish ˈspænɪʃ 27</p><p>speak spiːk 48</p><p>speak to spiːk tə 16</p><p>spoon spuːn 11</p><p>sports spɔːts 23, 35</p><p>sports centre spɔːts ˈsentə 23</p><p>sports magazine spɔːts</p><p>mægəˈziːn 35</p><p>sports programme spɔːts</p><p>prəʊgræm 35</p><p>spring sprɪŋ 51</p><p>stamp stæmp 16</p><p>starter ˈstɑːtə 22</p><p>state school steɪt skuːl 33</p><p>station ˈsteɪʃən 29</p><p>stay steɪ 25</p><p>steak steɪk 22</p><p>steal stiːl 34</p><p>stomach ˈstʌmək 3</p><p>storm stɔːm 28</p><p>strawberry (-ies) ˈstrɔːbəri 10</p><p>stressed strest 6</p><p>strike straɪk 37</p><p>student ˈstjuːdənt 15</p><p>study ˈstʌdi 15</p><p>subject ˈsʌbdʒəkt 15</p><p>sugar ˈʃʊgə 10, 55</p><p>suit suːt 4</p><p>suitcase ˈsuːtkeɪs 18</p><p>summer ˈsʌmə 51</p><p>sun sʌn 28</p><p>Sunday ˈsʌndeɪ 51</p><p>sunglasses ˈsʌnˌglɑːsɪz 4</p><p>sunny ˈsʌni 28, 59</p><p>supermarket ˈsuːpəˌmɑːkɪt 19</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 167</p><p>surprised səˈpraɪzd 7</p><p>sweater ˈswetə 4</p><p>swim swɪm 38, 49</p><p>swimmer ˈswɪmə 59</p><p>swimming ˈswɪmɪŋ 23</p><p>swimming pool</p><p>ˈswɪmɪŋ puːl 23</p><p>swipe swaɪp 17</p><p>switch on swɪtʃ ɒn 13</p><p>table ˈteɪbəl 13</p><p>table tennis ˈteɪbəl ˈtenɪs 23</p><p>take teɪk 34, 43, 44, 49</p><p>take (some) lessons</p><p>teɪk ˈlesənz 43</p><p>take … for a walk</p><p>teɪk fɔːr ə wɔːk 31</p><p>take … off teɪk ɒf 4</p><p>take a course teɪk ə kɔːs 43</p><p>take a message teɪk ə</p><p>ˈmesɪdʒ 16</p><p>take a photo teɪk ə ˈfəʊtəʊ 43</p><p>take a taxi teɪk ə ˈtæksi 43</p><p>take an exam teɪk ən</p><p>ɪgˈzæm 15, 43</p><p>take drugs teɪk drʌgz 34</p><p>take off teɪk ɒf 32, 46</p><p>take the bus teɪk ðə bʌs 29, 43</p><p>take the lift teɪk ðə lɪft 21</p><p>take the train teɪk ðə treɪn 43</p><p>take the underground teɪk ðə</p><p>ˈʌndəgraʊnd 43</p><p>take-away teɪk əˈweɪ 22</p><p>talk tɔːk 25, 48</p><p>talk to tɔːk tuː 25</p><p>talk show tɔːk ʃəʊ 35</p><p>tall tɔːl 5</p><p>tap tæp 11</p><p>taxi ˈtæksi 32, 43</p><p>taxi driver ˈtæksi ˈdraɪvə 14</p><p>tea tiː 10, 38, 55</p><p>tea towel tiː taʊəl 11</p><p>teach tiːtʃ 15</p><p>teacher ˈtiːtʃə 14, 15</p><p>teapot ˈtiːpɒt 11</p><p>teenage ˈtiːneɪdʒ 35</p><p>teenage magazine tiːneɪdʒ</p><p>ˌmægəˈziːn 35</p><p>teeth tiːθ 3</p><p>telephone (phone) ˈtelɪfəʊn</p><p>12, 16</p><p>television (TV) ˈtelɪvɪʒən 12,</p><p>13, 35</p><p>tell (someone) a joke</p><p>tel ə dʒəʊk 48</p><p>tell (someone) a story</p><p>tel ə ˈstɔːri 48</p><p>tell (someone) the time</p><p>tel ðə taɪm 48</p><p>tell someone you called tel</p><p>ˈsʌmwʌn juː kɔːld 16</p><p>tell someone your address</p><p>tel ˈsʌmwʌn jɔː əˈdres 48</p><p>tell someone your name</p><p>tel ˈsʌmwʌn jɔː neɪm 48</p><p>tell someone your phone number</p><p>tel ˈsʌmwʌn jɔː fəʊn ˈnʌmbə</p><p>48</p><p>tennis ˈtenɪs 23</p><p>terrible ˈterəbəl 56</p><p>terrorism ˈterərɪzəm 34</p><p>terrorist ˈterərɪst 34</p><p>text tekst 16, 17</p><p>textbook ˈteksbʊk 15</p><p>Thai taɪ 27</p><p>Thailand ˈtaɪlænd 27</p><p>than ðæn 50</p><p>thank for θæŋk fɔː 57</p><p>Thank you θæŋk juː 8, 48</p><p>thanks θæŋks 8</p><p>then ðen 52</p><p>there ðeə 53</p><p>there’s a … ðeəz ə 29</p><p>thief θiːf 34</p><p>thin θɪn 5</p><p>think about θɪŋk əˈbaʊt 57</p><p>third θɜːd 19</p><p>thirsty ˈθɜːsti 7</p><p>thriller ˈθrɪlə 24</p><p>thumb θʌm 3</p><p>thunder ˈθʌndə 28</p><p>thunderstorm ˈθʌndəstɔːm 28</p><p>thundery ˈθʌndəri 28</p><p>Thursday ˈθɜːzdeɪ 51</p><p>ticket ˈtɪkɪt 32</p><p>tidy ˈtaɪdi 36</p><p>tie taɪ 4</p><p>tiger ˈtaɪgə 31</p><p>tights taɪts 4</p><p>time taɪm 51, 52</p><p>timetable ˈtaɪmˌteɪbəl 32</p><p>(four) times a month</p><p>taɪmz ə mʌnθ 52</p><p>(three) times a week</p><p>taɪmz ə wiːk 47</p><p>tired taɪəd 7</p><p>today təˈdeɪ 51, 52</p><p>toe təʊ 3</p><p>toilet ˈtɔɪlət 12</p><p>tomato(es) təˈmɑːtəʊ 10</p><p>tomorrow təˈmɒrəʊ 51, 52</p><p>too tuː 50</p><p>too much (work) tuː mʌtʃ 36</p><p>tooth tuːθ 3</p><p>toothache ˈtuːθeɪk 6</p><p>toothbrush ˈtuːθbrʌʃ 12</p><p>toothpaste ˈtuːθpeɪst 12</p><p>top tɒp 53</p><p>tortoise ˈtɔːtəs 31</p><p>tourist (information) office</p><p>ˈtʊərɪst ˈɒfɪs 29</p><p>towel taʊəl 12</p><p>town taʊn 29, 30</p><p>town hall taʊn hɔːl 2929</p><p>toys tɔɪz 19</p><p>traffic ˈtræfɪk 55</p><p>traffic jam ˈtræfɪk dʒæm 37</p><p>traffic warden</p><p>ˈtræfɪk ˈwɔːdən 14</p><p>train treɪn 14, 18, 29, 32</p><p>trainers ˈtreɪnəz 4</p><p>train station treɪn ˈsteɪʃən 29</p><p>transport ˈtrænspɔːt 18, 32, 49</p><p>travel ˈtrævəl 55</p><p>travelling ˈtrævəlɪŋ 32</p><p>tropical ˈtrɒpɪkəl 6</p><p>trousers ˈtraʊzəz 4</p><p>trumpet ˈtrʌmpɪt 26</p><p>trumpet-player</p><p>ˈtrʌmpɪt ˈpleɪə 26</p><p>try on traɪ ɒn 19</p><p>T-shirt ˈtiːʃɜːt 4</p><p>Tuesday ˈtjuːzdeɪ 51</p><p>Tunisia tjuːˈnɪziə 27</p><p>Tunisian tjuːˈnɪziən 27</p><p>turn tɜːn 29</p><p>turn down tɜːn daʊn 46</p><p>turn off tɜːn ɒf 12, 13, 46</p><p>turn on tɜːn ɒn 13, 46</p><p>turn up tɜːn ʌp 46</p><p>TV ˌtiːˈviː 13, 21, 24, 25, 35</p><p>twice twaɪs 52</p><p>ugly ˈʌgli 5</p><p>UK ˌjuːˈkeɪ 27</p><p>umbrella ʌmˈbrelə 4</p><p>uncle ˈʌŋkəl 1</p><p>uncountable ʌnˈkaʊntəbəl 55</p><p>underground ˈʌndəgraʊnd 32</p><p>unemployed ˌʌnɪmˈplɔɪd 37</p><p>168 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>unfriendly (way) ʌnˈfrendli 54</p><p>unhappy ʌnˈhæpi 58</p><p>United States (the US)</p><p>juːˌnaɪtɪd ˈsteɪts 27</p><p>university ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːsəti 15</p><p>unlock ʌnˈlɒk 17</p><p>unsafe ʌnˈseɪf 58</p><p>untidy ʌnˈtaɪdi 36</p><p>upset ʌpˈset 7</p><p>upstairs ʌpˈsteəz 12</p><p>USA ˌjuːesˈeɪ 27</p><p>used to ˈjus tu 57</p><p>useful ˈjuːsfəl 59</p><p>useless ˈjuːsləs 59</p><p>usually ˈjuːʒəli 47, 52</p><p>Valentine’s Day</p><p>ˈvæləntaɪnz deɪ 33</p><p>vandal ˈvændəl 34</p><p>vandalism ˈvændəlɪzəm 34</p><p>vegetable(s) ˈvedʒtəbəl 10, 22,</p><p>25</p><p>vegetarian ˌvedʒɪˈteəriən 10</p><p>very (bad / good) ˈveri 56</p><p>very well ˈveri wel 7</p><p>video games ˈvidiːəʊ geɪmz 25</p><p>village ˈvɪlɪdʒ 30</p><p>violin ˌvaɪəˈlɪn 26</p><p>violinist vaɪəˈlɪnɪst 26</p><p>visa ˈviːzə 18</p><p>voicemail ˈvɔɪsmeɪl 16</p><p>volleyball ˈvɒlibɔːl 23</p><p>waist weɪst 3</p><p>wait for weɪt fɔː 57, 60</p><p>waiter ˈweɪtə 14</p><p>wake up weɪk ʌp 12, 47</p><p>wake-up call weɪk ʌp kɔːl 21</p><p>walk wɔːk 30, 49</p><p>walking holiday</p><p>ˈwɔːkɪŋ ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>want wɒnt 7</p><p>war wɔː 37</p><p>wardrobe ˈwɔːdrəʊb 12</p><p>wash wɒʃ 3</p><p>wash clothes wɒʃ kləʊðz 47</p><p>washing machine ˈwɒʃɪŋ</p><p>məˈʃiːn 11</p><p>washing-up liquid ˈwɒʃɪŋ ʌp</p><p>ˈlɪkwɪd 11</p><p>watch wɒtʃ 4, 23, 24,</p><p>watch television (TV) wɒtʃ</p><p>televɪʒən 25, 47</p><p>watch a DVD wɒtʃ ə</p><p>diːviːdiː 25</p><p>watch TV online wɒtʃ tiːviː</p><p>ɒnlaɪn 36</p><p>water ˈwɔːtə 31, 36, 55</p><p>way weɪ 54</p><p>wear weə 4</p><p>weather ˈweðə 28, 55</p><p>wedding ˈwedɪŋ 2</p><p>Wednesday ˈwenzdeɪ 51</p><p>week wiːk 51, 52</p><p>weekend ˌwiːkˈend 51</p><p>weigh weɪ 2, 5</p><p>weight weɪt 5</p><p>well wel 6, 7, 54</p><p>Well done wel dʌn 8, 9</p><p>well-done ˌwelˈdʌn 22</p><p>western ˈwestən 24</p><p>wet wet 28</p><p>What a pity wɒt ə ˈpɪti 9</p><p>What about …? wɒt əˈbaʊt 9</p><p>What time do you ....?</p><p>wɒt taɪm də juː 47</p><p>What time is.....? wɒt taɪm ɪz 21</p><p>What would you like...? wɒt wʌd</p><p>juː laɪk 22</p><p>What’s his/her job? wɒts</p><p>hɪz/hɜː dʒɒb 14</p><p>What’s on …? wɒts ɒn 24</p><p>What’s on TV?</p><p>wɒts ɒn ˌtiːˈviː 35</p><p>What’s the weather like?</p><p>wɒts ðə ˈweðə laɪk 28</p><p>What’s your favourite …?</p><p>wɒts jɔː ˈfeɪvərɪt 23</p><p>when wen 50</p><p>Where can I find …?</p><p>weə kən aɪ faɪnd 11</p><p>Where does … go?</p><p>weə dəz … gəʊ 11</p><p>Where is …? weər ɪz 29</p><p>whiteboard ˈwaɪtbɔːd 15</p><p>Why don’t …? waɪ dəʊnt 9</p><p>widowed ˈwɪdəʊd 2</p><p>wife waɪf 1</p><p>wild animal waɪld ˈænɪməl 31</p><p>wildlife ˈwaɪldlaɪf 30</p><p>wind wɪnd 28</p><p>window ˈwɪndəʊ 13</p><p>windy ˈwɪndi 28</p><p>wine waɪn 10</p><p>winter ˈwɪntə 51</p><p>winter holiday ˈwɪntə</p><p>ˈhɒlədeɪ 18</p><p>women's magazine ˈwɪmɪnz</p><p>mægəˈziːn 35</p><p>women’s wear wɪmɪnz weə 19</p><p>wonderful ˈwʌndəfəl 56</p><p>wood wʊd 30</p><p>wool wʊl 31</p><p>work wɜːk 14, 36, 55</p><p>worker ˈwɜːkə 59</p><p>worktop ˈwɜːktɒp 11</p><p>Would you like …?</p><p>wʊd juː laɪk 22</p><p>write raɪt 15</p><p>write emails raɪt iːmeilz 47</p><p>write letters raɪt ˈletəz 47</p><p>wrong (way) rɒŋ 54</p><p>year jɪə 51, 52</p><p>yesterday ˈjestədeɪ 51</p><p>Yorkshire pudding</p><p>ˈjɔːkʃə ˈpʊdɪŋ 33</p><p>young(er) jʌŋ 5</p><p>zip code zɪp kəʊd 20</p><p>zoo zuː 31</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 169</p><p>Irregular verbs</p><p>Most verbs in English are regular but some of the most common verbs in English are irregular. The forms</p><p>here are the infinitive (go, come), the past simple (went, came) and the past participle (gone, come).</p><p>A All forms the same</p><p>cost cost cost</p><p>cut /kʌt/ cut cut</p><p>hurt hurt hurt</p><p>let let let</p><p>put/pʊt/ put put</p><p>shut /ʃʌt/ shut shut</p><p>B Two different forms</p><p>beat beat beaten</p><p>become became become</p><p>bring brought brought</p><p>buy bought bought</p><p>catch caught caught</p><p>come came come</p><p>feel felt felt</p><p>fight fought fought</p><p>find found found</p><p>get got got</p><p>have had had</p><p>hear heard heard</p><p>keep kept kept</p><p>leave left left</p><p>learn learnt learnt</p><p>lose lost lost</p><p>make made made</p><p>meet met met</p><p>pay paid /peɪd/ paid</p><p>read /riːd/ read /red/ read /red/</p><p>run ran run</p><p>say said /sed/ said</p><p>sell sold sold</p><p>shine shone shone</p><p>shoot shot shot</p><p>sit sat sat</p><p>sleep slept slept</p><p>spend spent spent</p><p>stand stood stood</p><p>teach taught taught</p><p>tell told told</p><p>think thought thought</p><p>win won won</p><p>understand understood understood</p><p>170 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 171</p><p>C Three different forms</p><p>be was / were been</p><p>begin began begun</p><p>break broke broken</p><p>choose chose chosen</p><p>do did done</p><p>drink drank drunk</p><p>drive drove driven</p><p>eat ate eaten</p><p>fall fell fallen</p><p>fly flew flown</p><p>forget forgot forgotten</p><p>give gave given</p><p>go went gone</p><p>know knew known</p><p>ride rode ridden</p><p>rise rose risen</p><p>sing sang sung</p><p>speak spoke spoken</p><p>steal stole stolen</p><p>swim swam swum</p><p>take took taken</p><p>throw threw thrown</p><p>wake woke woken</p><p>wear wore worn</p><p>write wrote written</p><p>Tip</p><p>When you learn a new irregular verb, add it to one of the groups of verbs on these pages.</p><p>How to learn vocabulary</p><p>To learn a lot of vocabulary, you have to do different things.</p><p>1 Study each unit of the book carefully and do all the exercises. Check your answers with your teacher. Repeat</p><p>the units after a month, and then again after three months, and see how much you have learnt and how much</p><p>you have forgotten. Repeating work is very important.</p><p>2 Keep a vocabulary notebook. Students who regularly make notes in a separate notebook often do better in</p><p>tests and examinations than students who do not keep a notebook.</p><p>3 Use different ways of recording things in your notebook. For example, every time you see or hear an</p><p>interesting phrase, write it in your notebook, and write who said it or wrote it, and in what situation, as well</p><p>as what it means. Here are some examples:</p><p>ready: (person at the door of a theatre, to all the people waiting) ‘Have your tickets ready, please!’ = have your</p><p>ticket in your hand</p><p>else: (person in a restaurant) ‘Would you like anything else?’= more or in addition or different</p><p>rush hour: (person who is about to leave home for work) ‘I’m going early so that I miss the rush hour’ = the</p><p>times when there are lots of people travelling to work in the morning or when people are travelling home in the</p><p>evening</p><p>Making notes of the situations words are used in will help you to remember them and to use them at</p><p>the right moment.</p><p>4 Use diagrams and other visual aids to help you learn and remember words and phrases. Word bubbles are</p><p>very easy to draw and can help you remember the different meanings and uses of words. Here is an example</p><p>for the word play, which can be a verb or a noun:</p><p>PLAY</p><p>Charts can also help you to organise information about words. This student has made notes in her</p><p>vocabulary notebook about useful verbs and the nouns we use them with:</p><p>take</p><p>a taxi</p><p>a message</p><p>violin lessons catch</p><p>a cold</p><p>a criminal</p><p>a ball</p><p>172 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>make</p><p>dinner</p><p>a mistake</p><p>an</p><p>appointment</p><p>do</p><p>my homework</p><p>somebody a favour</p><p>my best (to)</p><p>play football, tennis, golf, etc.</p><p>verb</p><p>noun</p><p>play the guitar, violin, piano, etc.</p><p>theatre: a play by William Shakespeare</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 173</p><p>The authors and publishers acknowledge the</p><p>following sources of copyright material and</p><p>are grateful for the permissions granted. While</p><p>every effort has been made, it has not always</p><p>been possible to identify the sources of all the</p><p>material used, or to trace all copyright holders.</p><p>If any omissions are brought to our notice,</p><p>we will be happy to include the appropriate</p><p>acknowledgements on reprinting & in the next</p><p>update to the digital edition, as applicable.</p><p>Key: B = Below, BL = Below Left, BR = Below Right,</p><p>BC = Below Centre, C = Centre, CL = Centre Left, CR =</p><p>Centre Right, L = Left, R = Right, T = Top, TR = Top</p><p>Right, TL = Top Left.</p><p>Photographs</p><p>All the photographs are sourced from Getty Images.</p><p>p. 10 (T): KidStock/Blend Images; p. 10 (C): Nerida</p><p>McMurray Photography/DigitalVision/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 10 (B): RubberBall Productions/Brand X</p><p>Pictures; p. 11: Georges De Keerle/Hulton Archive;</p><p>p. 18 (headache): BakiBG/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 18 (toothache): VladimirFLoyd/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 18 (cold): Lyashik/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 18 (sneeze): Moxie Productions/</p><p>Blend Images/Getty Images Plus; p. 19: Pete</p><p>Saloutos/Image Source; p. 20: Robert Oelman/</p><p>Photodisc; p. 22 (morning) & (evening): Korvit78/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 22 (afternoon): Korvit/</p><p>Shutterstock; p. 22 (TL): Thorsten Jochim/Stock4B;</p><p>p. 22 (TR): BJI/Blue Jean Images; p. 22 (cheers):</p><p>Ezra Bailey/Taxi; p. 34 (nurse): Eric Audras/ONOKY;</p><p>p. 22 (excuse): Inmagineasia; p. 22 (sorry): Michael</p><p>M Schwab/The Image Bank; p. 22 (bless you): Ariel</p><p>Skelley/Blend Images; p. 23 (Ex 8.2.1): Nils Hendrik</p><p>Muller/Cultura; p. 23 (Ex 8.2.2): Robert Daly/OJO</p><p>Images; p. 23 (Ex 8.2.3): Satoshi Kawase/Moment;</p><p>p. 23 (Ex 8.2.4): michaeljung/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 23 (Ex 8.2.5): Klaus Tiedge/Blend Images;</p><p>p. 32 (BC), p. 89 (BL), p. 93 (Ex 43.3.1) & p. 118 (BR):</p><p>Image Source; p. 23 (Ex 8.2.6) & p. 125 (Ex 59.1.3):</p><p>Westend61; p. 32 (watch television): antikainen/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 32 (listen to the radio)</p><p>& p. 47: andresr/E+; p. 32 (reading book): Shestock/</p><p>Blend Images; p. 32 (relaxing) & p. 57 (Ex 25.1.6):</p><p>Wavebreakmedia Ltd/Wavebreak Media/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 32 (BL): Bruskov/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 32 (BR): Roderick Chen/First Light; p. 34</p><p>(doctor): Buero Monaco/Taxi; p. 34 (teacher) & p.</p><p>89 (TR): PeopleImages/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p.</p><p>34 (mechanic): Jetta Productions/Blend Images; p.</p><p>34 (secretary): Mohamad Itani/Photolibrary; p. 34</p><p>(shop assistant): Greg Pease/The Image Bank; p. 34</p><p>(hairdresser): petekarici/E+; p. 34 (engineer):</p><p>stock_ colors/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 34</p><p>(farmer): Monty Rakusen/Cultura; p. 34 (police):</p><p>Daniel Allan/Photographer’s Choice RF; p. 34</p><p>(warden): Adam Gault/Photodisc; p. 34 (librarian):</p><p>Antonello Turchetti/DigitalVision; p. 34 (clerk): Keith</p><p>Brofsky/Photodisc; p. 34 (waiter): Michael Blann/</p><p>DigitalVision; p. 34 (BL): JGI/Jamie Grill/Blend</p><p>Images; p. 38 (letter box): Pawel Libera/LightRocket;</p><p>p. 38 (computer): arattansi/E+; p. 38 (screen): PC Plus</p><p>Magazine/Future; p. 38 (keyboard) & (laptop): PC</p><p>Format Magazine/Future; p. 38 (mouse): stockcam/</p><p>E+; p. 38 (memory stick): Krasyuk/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 38 (mobile device), p. 39 (Ex 16.2.10)</p><p>& p. 46 (photo 2): pagadesign/E+; p. 38 (mobile) &</p><p>p. 93 (mobile): lvcandy/DigitalVision Vectors; p. 38</p><p>(telephone): Artur Synenko/Hemera/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 38 (phone box): Robin Hunter/Dorling</p><p>Kindersley; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.1): MacFormat Magazine/</p><p>Future; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.2): Richard & Gillian Long/</p><p>Moment Open; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.3): Anatolii Babii/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.4): Simon Belcher/</p><p>imageBROKER; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.5): kmaassrock/E+; p.</p><p>39 (Ex 16.2.6): PixelEmbargo/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 39 (Ex 16.2.8): Petra Wallner/imageBROKER;</p><p>p. 39 (Ex 16.2.9): GeorgeManga/DigitalVision Vectors;</p><p>p. 39 (Ex 16.2.11): Nadore/iStock/Getty Images Plus;</p><p>p. 39 (Ex 16.2.12): connect11/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 40 (smartphone): ET-ARTWORKS/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 40 (charger): aimy27feb/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 40 (battery): PhanuwatNandee/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 40 (sim) & p. 42 (train):</p><p>scanrail/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 40 (case): Tap</p><p>Magazine/Future; p. 40 (selfie): Instants/E+; p. 40</p><p>(swipe): monkeybusinessimages/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 40 (pin): milindri/iStock/Getty Images Plus;</p><p>p. 40 (save): LunarisMemo/iStock/Getty Images Plus;</p><p>p. 40 (delete): ved007/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 42</p><p>(plane): Okea/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 42 (car):</p><p>Rawpixel/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 42 (ferry):</p><p>JTB Photo/Universal Images Group; p. 42 (coach):</p><p>mladn61/E+; p. 42 (passport) p. 42 (camera) & p. 93</p><p>(passport): Creative Crop/Photodisc; p. 42 (ticket):</p><p>Pgiam/E+; p. 42 (currency): TKphotography64/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 42 (suitcase): terex/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 42 (rucksack) & p. 43 (Ex</p><p>18.4.5): monticelllo/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 43</p><p>(Ex 18.4.1): maogg/E+; p. 43 (Ex 18.4.2): Terraxplorer/</p><p>E+; p. 43 (Ex 18.4.3): Creative Crop/DigitalVision; p.</p><p>43 (Ex 18.4.4): s-cphoto/E+; p. 43 (Ex 18.4.6): cybrain/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 46 (basket</p><p>icon):</p><p>epapijon/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 46 (t-shirt):</p><p>FlamingPumpkin/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 46</p><p>(delivery van): art12321/iStock/Getty Images Plus;</p><p>p. 46 (checkout): nickylarson974/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 46 (photo 1) & p. 57 (Ex 25.1.5): Jamie Grill;</p><p>p. 46 (photo 3): chokkicx/DigitalVision Vectors; p. 46</p><p>Acknowledgements</p><p>(photo 4): PeopleImages/E+; p. 50: AlexeyBorodin/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 51: Tom Grill/The Image</p><p>Bank; p. 54: Steve Finn/Getty Images Entertainment;</p><p>p. 55: Keith Hamshere/Moviepix; p. 56 (photo 1):</p><p>Monkey Business Images/Monkey Business/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 56 (photo 2): elenaleonova/E+; p. 56</p><p>(photo 3): sjenner13/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 56</p><p>(photo 4): John Fedele/Blend Images; p. 56 (photo</p><p>5): BananaStock/BananaStock/Getty Images Plus; p.</p><p>57 (Ex 25.1.1): RuslanDashinsky/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 57 (Ex 25.1.2): Mint Images -Henry Arden/</p><p>Mint Images RF; p. 57 (Ex 25.1.3): Lumina Images/</p><p>Blend Images; p. 57 (Ex 25.1.4): Hybrid Images/</p><p>Cultura; p. 58 (piano): Dmitry Molev/Hemera/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 58 (cello): gabink/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 58 (guitar): Zoonar RF/Zoonar/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 58 (flute) & p. 58 (trumpet): Hemera</p><p>Technologies/PhotoObjects. net/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 58 (violin): pepifoto/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 58 (clarinet): BradWynnyk/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 58 (drums): Stockbyte/Stockbyte;</p><p>p. 60: InterNetwork Media/Photodisc; p. 61:</p><p>janrysavy/E+; p. 64 (exit): desert_ fox99/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 64 (entrance): giovanecek/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 64 (no-smoking): pepj/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 64 (grass): KevinHolt/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 64 (out of order): mrdoomits/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 68 (horse): Abramova_</p><p>Kseniya/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 68 (chicken):</p><p>Dorling Kindersley; p. 68 (pig): Tsekhmister/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 68 (sheep): Digital Zoo/</p><p>Photodisc; p. 68 (cow): narvikk/E+; p. 68 (goat,</p><p>monkey, lion & giraffe), p. 69 (lion, horse, Sheep,</p><p>monkey & cats): GlobalP/iStock/Getty Images Plus;</p><p>p. 68 (elephant): excentric_ 01/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 68 (snake): Michael Blann/Stone; p. 68</p><p>(tiger): luamduan/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 68</p><p>(cat): Life On White/Photographer’s Choice; p. 68</p><p>(rabbit): Life On White/Photodisc; p. 68 (parrot):</p><p>FlamingPumpkin/E+; p. 68 (dog): Tracy Morgan/</p><p>Dorling Kindersley; p. 68 (tortoise): amwu/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 68 (goldfish): MirasWonderland/</p><p>isStock/GettyImages Plus/Getty Images; p. 69</p><p>(elephant): rusm/E+; p. 69 (parrot): Les Stocker/</p><p>Oxford Scientific; p. 69 (tiger) & p. 93 (umbrella): Dave</p><p>King/Dorling Kindersley; p. 69 (chicken): Richard</p><p>Clark/Photolibrary; p. 70 (passport): Creative Crop/</p><p>Photodisc; p. 72 (fish): mtreasure/iStock/Getty</p><p>Images Plus; p. 72 (yorkshire): JoeGough/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 72 (curry): LauriPatterson/E+;</p><p>p. 72 (B): N-Photo Magazine/Future; p. 80 (TL): OMAR</p><p>TORRES/AFP; p. 80 (TC): Dreef/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 80 (TR): CampPhoto/iStock/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 80 (BL): Danita Delimont/Gallo Images; p. 81</p><p>(Ex 37.1.1): Nick Pedersen/Photolibrary; p. 81</p><p>174 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>(Ex 37.1.2): David McNew/Getty Images News; p.</p><p>81 (Ex 37.1.3): OLI SCARFF/AFP; p. 81 (Ex 37.1.4):</p><p>JOEL SAGET/STR; p. 81 (Ex 37.1.5): Anadolu Agency;</p><p>p. 81 (Ex 37.1.6): STR; p. 81 (Ex 37.1.7): Scott B</p><p>Smith Photography/Photolibrary; p. 81 (Ex 37.1.8):</p><p>Doable/A. collection/amana images; p. 81 (Ex 37.1.9):</p><p>Byba Sepit/Moment; p. 82 (TR): kupicoo/E+; p. 82</p><p>(TL): Tetra Images -Rob Lewine/Brand X Pictures;</p><p>p. 82 (C): BraunS/E+; p. 82 (hairdresser): leaf/iStock/</p><p>Getty Images Plus; p. 83: Alistair Berg/DigitalVision;</p><p>p. 88 (TL): Jupiterimages/Photolibrary; p. 88 (TR):</p><p>Jose Luis Pelaez Inc/Blend Images; p. 88 (CL): Jetta</p><p>Productions/Stone; p. 88 (CR): Jupiterimages/</p><p>PHOTOS.com/Getty Images Plus; p. 88 (BR): 36clicks/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 89 (TL): Reza Estakhrian/</p><p>The Image Bank; p. 89 (TC): PeopleImages/</p><p>DigitalVision; p. 89 (BC): Frank Carter/Lonely Planet</p><p>Images; p. 89 (BR): Maskot/Maskot; p. 93 (Ex 43.3.2):</p><p>RODRIGO BUENDIA/AFP; p. 93 (Ex 43.3.3): klohka/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 93 (Ex 43.3.4): JackF/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 93 (camera): yozks/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 93 (notebook): simaso/</p><p>iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 95: fcafotodigital/E+;</p><p>p. 99 (TL): skynesher/Vetta; p. 99 (BL): Justin-Julius</p><p>Santos/The Image Bank; p. 99 (TR): AFP/AFP; p. 99</p><p>(BR): altrendo images/Stockbyte; p. 103: Nick David/</p><p>Taxi; p. 107 (T): Jaimie Duplass/Hemera/Getty Images</p><p>Plus; p. 107 (B): Alistair Berg/The Image Bank; p.</p><p>115 (T): Premium/Universal Images Group; p. 115</p><p>(B): microgen/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 117: Paul</p><p>Poplis/Photolibrary; p. 118 (TL): Simon Watson/</p><p>The Image Bank; p. 118 (TC): Jon Lovette/The Image</p><p>Bank; p. 118 (BL): John Rensten/Taxi; p. 118 (TR):</p><p>ZoltanFabian/iStock/Getty Images Plus; p. 118</p><p>(Ex 56. b): Dimitri Otis/Photographer’s Choice; p. 118</p><p>(Ex 56. c): Keith Berson/Image Source; p. 122: John</p><p>Greim/LightRocket; p. 124: Cultura RM Exclusive/John</p><p>Philip Harper/Cultura Exclusive; p. 125 (Ex 59.1.1):</p><p>Australian Scenics/Photographer’s Choice; p. 125</p><p>(Ex 59.1.2): vm/E+; p. 125 (Ex 59.1.4): David Lees/</p><p>DigitalVision; p. 125 (Ex 59.1.5): Larry Washburn;</p><p>p. 125 (Ex 59.1.6): evemilla/E+; p. 127: Compassionate</p><p>Eye Foundation/Siri Stafford/DigitalVision.</p><p>Illustrations</p><p>Pablo Gallego (Beehive Illustration), John Goodwin</p><p>(Eye Candy Illustration), Daniel Limon (Beehive</p><p>Illustration), John Lund (Beehive Illustration),</p><p>Katie Mac (NB Illustration), Martina (KJA Artists),</p><p>Jorge Santillan (Beehive Illustration), Norbert</p><p>Sipos (Beehive Illustration), Laszlo Veres (Beehive</p><p>Illustration), Amanda McPhail, Gary Wing, Gillian</p><p>Martin, Humberto Blanco, Jo Taylor, Kathy</p><p>Baxendale, Vicky Woodgate, Kate Charlesworth,</p><p>Kathryn Baker, Mark Duffin and QBS Learning.</p><p>Designed and typeset by QBS.</p><p>175</p><p>Enhanced ebook</p><p>You can buy this book with or without an ebook. The ebook has the same vocabulary explanations</p><p>as the book.</p><p>Using the ebook</p><p>You can use your ebook on an iPad, Android tablet, PC or Mac.</p><p>You can: listen to the text on the left-hand page, to help you with your listening and</p><p>pronunciation.</p><p>Using the ebook, you can:</p><p>Make</p><p>notes</p><p>Bookmark</p><p>pages</p><p>Listen to</p><p>examples</p><p>Highlight</p><p>text</p><p>How to get your ebook</p><p>Follow the instructions in the inside front cover of this book.</p><p>Contents</p><p>Thanks</p><p>Introduction</p><p>1 The family</p><p>2 Birth, marriage and death</p><p>3 Parts of the body</p><p>4 Clothes</p><p>5 Describing people</p><p>6 Health and illness</p><p>7 Feelings</p><p>8 Conversations 1: Greetings and wishes</p><p>9 Conversations 2: Useful words and expressions</p><p>10 Food and drink</p><p>11 In the kitchen</p><p>12 In the bedroom and bathroom</p><p>13 In the living room</p><p>14 Jobs</p><p>15 At school and university</p><p>16 Communications</p><p>17 Your phone</p><p>18 Holidays</p><p>19 Shops and shopping</p><p>20 Online shopping</p><p>21 In a hotel</p><p>22 Eating out</p><p>23 Sports</p><p>24 Cinema</p><p>25 Free time at home</p><p>26 Music and musical instruments</p><p>27 Countries and nationalities</p><p>28 Weather</p><p>29 In the town</p><p>30 In the countryside</p><p>31 Animals</p><p>32 Travelling</p><p>33 UK culture</p><p>34 Crime</p><p>35 The media</p><p>36 Problems at home and work</p><p>37 Global problems</p><p>38 Have / had / had</p><p>39 Go / went / gone</p><p>40 Do / did / done</p><p>41 Make / made / made</p><p>42 Come / came / come</p><p>43 Take / took / taken</p><p>44 Bring / brought / brought</p><p>45 Get / got / got</p><p>46 Phrasal verbs</p><p>47 Everyday things</p><p>48 Talking</p><p>49 Moving</p><p>50 Conjunctions and connecting words</p><p>51 Days, months, seasons</p><p>52 Time words</p><p>53 Places</p><p>54 Manner</p><p>55 Common uncountable nouns</p><p>56 Common adjectives: Good and bad things</p><p>57 Words and prepositions</p><p>58 Prefixes</p><p>59 Suffixes</p><p>60 Words you may confuse</p><p>Answer key</p><p>Phonemic symbols</p><p>Index</p><p>Irregular verbs</p><p>How to learn vocabulary</p><p>Acknowledgements</p><p>I think I’m going to be sick! (I want to vomit.)</p><p>Everyday problems</p><p>Have you got an aspirin? I’ve got a headache. /'hedeIk/</p><p>I’ve got toothache. /ˈtuːθeɪk/ I need to go to the dentist.</p><p>I’m going to bed with a hot drink. I’ve got a cold.</p><p>Problems people have for many years / all their lives</p><p>I get hay fever every summer, from flowers and grass. I sneeze all day. /sniː z/</p><p>My little brother has asthma; sometimes he can’t breathe. /ˈæsmə/</p><p>Illnesses in hot / tropical countries</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>Serious illnesses</p><p>Every year cancer kills many</p><p>people who smoke. /ˈkænsə/</p><p>My father went to hospital when he</p><p>had a heart attack.</p><p>E</p><p>F Expressions</p><p>A I feel stressed!</p><p>18 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>In some countries, mosquitoes can give people</p><p>malaria. /məˈleərɪə/</p><p>The drinking water was bad, and many children</p><p>had cholera. /ˈkɒlərə/</p><p>mosquito</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>My father had a heart attack</p><p>[NOT got a heart attack].</p><p>A Do you have a healthy diet?</p><p>B Yes, I eat lots of fruit and vegetables.</p><p>A Do you exercise?</p><p>B Yes, I like swimming, jogging and cycling. They’re really good for you.</p><p>B Do you? You need to relax more and don’t panic about work!</p><p>Exercises</p><p>Complete the dialogues.</p><p>1 A: How are you today?</p><p>B:</p><p>A: Good!</p><p>2 A: Are you OK?</p><p>B: No,</p><p>A: Would you like to use the bathroom?</p><p>B: Yes, thank you.</p><p>3 A: I</p><p>B: I’ll get a doctor.</p><p>A: Oh, thank you.</p><p>4 A:</p><p>B: Here’s the dentist’s phone number.</p><p>A: Thanks.</p><p>5 A: Your nose is red. Have you got ?</p><p>B: Yes.</p><p>A: Have a hot drink and go to bed early.</p><p>Match the illnesses in the table with a possible treatment.</p><p>gotothedentist takeanaspirin gotohospital gotobedwithahotdrink</p><p>illness treatment</p><p>a headache take an aspirin</p><p>toothache</p><p>a heart attack</p><p>a cold</p><p>What illnesses are connected with …</p><p>1 a mosquito bite? malaria</p><p>2 bad drinking water?</p><p>3 pollution, traffic fumes, etc.?</p><p>4 grass, flowers, sunshine, etc.?</p><p>5 smoking, unhealthy diet, no exercise?</p><p>Answer these questions. Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>1 Do you have a healthy diet?</p><p>2 What exercise do you do?</p><p>3 Do you often feel stressed?</p><p>4 Have you ever been in hospital?</p><p>5 Do you get hay fever in summer?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 19</p><p>6.1</p><p>6.2</p><p>6.3</p><p>6.4</p><p>Very well, thanks.</p><p>7 Feelings</p><p>A Love, like and hate</p><p>++ + – – –</p><p>love like don’t like hate</p><p>I love my family and my best friend.</p><p>I like my job.</p><p>I don’t like horror films.</p><p>I hate spiders.</p><p>B Happy, sad and tired</p><p>happy sad angry upset cold hot</p><p>thirsty hungry well ill tired surprised</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>I am very happy about your news [NOT I am very happy for your news]. BUT You did very well in your</p><p>exam – I’m very happy for you.</p><p>Prefer, hope and want</p><p>I prefer coffee to tea. (= I like coffee more than I like tea.)</p><p>I hope to do well in my exam.</p><p>I hope (that) my friend does well in his exam.</p><p>I want a new car. [I would like]</p><p>I want to buy a new car.</p><p>Note: I want my mother to buy a new car.</p><p>Expressions</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>A And how about your grandmother?</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>I want you to help me [NOT I want</p><p>that you help me].</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>[NOT I very like football / it. or</p><p>I like very much football / it.]</p><p>A Do you like football?</p><p>B Yes, I really like football / it.</p><p>No, I don’t like football / it very much.</p><p>A How’s your grandfather?</p><p>B He’s very well, thanks.</p><p>B She’s a bit / a little tired.</p><p>20 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>7.1 Do you love, like, not like or hate these things? Write sentences.</p><p>1 chocolate I love chocolate.</p><p>2 cowboy films</p><p>3 flying</p><p>4 tea</p><p>5 football</p><p>6 cats</p><p>7 cars</p><p>8 jazz music</p><p>7.2 Which do you prefer? Write answers.</p><p>1 tea or coffee? I prefer coffee to tea.</p><p>2 dogs or cats?</p><p>3 sunbathing or sightseeing?</p><p>4 cars or bikes?</p><p>5 strawberry or chocolate ice cream?</p><p>6 watching sport or doing sport?</p><p>7.3 Answer these questions using want or hope.</p><p>1 You’re thirsty. What do you want? I want glass of water.</p><p>2 The lesson feels very long. What do you hope?</p><p>3 You’re hungry. What do you want?</p><p>4 Your friend feels ill. What do you hope?</p><p>5 You’re tired. What do you want to do?</p><p>6 You’re upset. What do you want to do?</p><p>7 It’s very cold weather. What do you hope?</p><p>8 Your friend feels sad. What do you want?</p><p>7.4 Look at the pictures. How do the people feel? Use words from B opposite.</p><p>is hungry.1 Jessica 4 Sunita</p><p>2 Nicholas 5 Fiona</p><p>3 Max 6 The children</p><p>7.5 Correct the mistakes.</p><p>1 I very like basketball. I like basketball very much.</p><p>2 I am happy for my sister’s good news.</p><p>3 The teacher wants that we learn these new words.</p><p>4 I like really spiders.</p><p>5 My brother has a good new job. I’m very happy about him.</p><p>6 My parents want that I go to university.</p><p>7 I feel very well. How for you?</p><p>8 Priya is bit tired this morning.</p><p>Over to you</p><p>When did you last feel …</p><p>1 surprised 2 hungry 3 tired 4 angry</p><p>I felt surprised yesterday when I saw the news.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 21</p><p>Conversations 1: Greetings and wishes8</p><p>A Every day</p><p>good morning good afternoon good evening</p><p>How are you? Fine, thanks. And you?</p><p>Hello Hi</p><p>Not too bad, thanks.</p><p>When we leave someone we usually say Goodbye and also perhaps See you soon! See you soon is</p><p>quite informal.</p><p>When someone goes to bed, we usually say Goodnight. We sometimes also say Sleep well.</p><p>Don’t say Goodnight when you arrive somewhere, only when you leave.</p><p>If you ask for something you usually say Please.</p><p>If someone does something nice for you, you say Thank you or Cheers (informal).</p><p>Cheers! Excuse me! Sorry! Bless you!</p><p>B Special days</p><p>When: you say:</p><p>it’s someone’s birthday Happy Birthday!</p><p>it’s Christmas Happy / Merry Christmas! /ˈkrɪsməs/</p><p>it’s New Year’s Day Happy New Year!</p><p>someone is doing something difficult, e.g. taking an exam Good luck!</p><p>or having an interview for a job</p><p>someone has done something special, e.g. done well in an Congratulations! / Well done!</p><p>exam or had a baby</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>When it’s someone’s birthday we say: Happy Birthday [NOT Congratulations].</p><p>22 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>8.1 Choose one of the phrases from the opposite page to fit the dialogues.</p><p>1 A: (sneezes) Atishoo!</p><p>Bless you!B:</p><p>2 A: I’m taking my driving test today.</p><p>B:</p><p>3 A: I passed my driving test!</p><p>B:</p><p>4 A: Goodbye.</p><p>B:</p><p>5 A: It’s my birthday today.</p><p>B:</p><p>6 A: How are you?</p><p>B:</p><p>7 A: Hello!</p><p>B:</p><p>8 A: Here’s your tea.</p><p>B:</p><p>8.2 What is the person saying in the pictures?</p><p>Excuse me!1 3 5</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>8.3 What do you say? Choose a phrase from the opposite page.</p><p>1 You want to go through a doorway. There are some people blocking it. Excuse me!</p><p>2 A friend buys you a drink.</p><p>3 A child says ‘Goodnight’ to you.</p><p>4 You answer the phone at work. It is 10.30 am.</p><p>5 You answer the phone at work. It is 3 pm.</p><p>6 It is 2 am on January 1st. You meet a friend in the street.</p><p>7 You are on a very crowded bus and you stand on someone’s foot.</p><p>8 It is 24th December. You meet a friend on the bus.</p><p>8.4 You meet Ann, an English friend. Reply to her.</p><p>ANN: Good evening.</p><p>Hello.YOU:</p><p>ANN: How are you?</p><p>YOU:</p><p>ANN: It’s my birthday today.</p><p>YOU:</p><p>ANN: Would you like a drink?</p><p>YOU:</p><p>ANN: Here you are.</p><p>YOU:</p><p>8.5 Write a conversation between you and a friend. He / She has passed an exam.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 23</p><p>9 Conversations 2: Useful words and expressions</p><p>A Words</p><p>word example meaning</p><p>actually People say bad things about her, but she’s actually in reality</p><p>very nice.</p><p>really The book is really good. very</p><p>else Do you want to buy anything else? Or go in addition or different</p><p>somewhere else?</p><p>around I’ll meet you at around 6 o’clock. about or approximately</p><p>anyway I’ll drive you home. I’m going that way anyway.1 1 to give a reason for doing</p><p>Anyway, as I said, I woke up very late today.2 something</p><p>2 to return to an earlier subject</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Actually is a false friend in some languages - in English it means ‘in reality’ NOT ‘now’.</p><p>B Expressions</p><p>A: Why don’t we go to the cinema this evening? (used to make a suggestion)</p><p>B: Good idea. Let’s go and see a film and then have a meal. (used to make a suggestion)</p><p>A: OK! Which film do you want to see?</p><p>B: I don’t mind. [It’s all the same to me.] It’s up to you. [You can decide.]</p><p>A: How about / What</p><p>about the new Angelina Jolie film? (used to make a suggestion)</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Why don’t we go … [NOT Why don’t we going] or Let’s go … [NOT Let’s going].</p><p>How about going … [NOT How about go] or What about going … [NOT What about go].</p><p>A: I was late for work today.</p><p>B: Oh dear! Was your boss angry? (used when you are surprised or disappointed)</p><p>A: I forgot to bring your book!</p><p>B: Oh, it doesn’t matter. I don’t need it. [it’s not important]</p><p>A: I’m sorry, but I can’t come to your party.</p><p>B: What a pity! (used when you are disappointed)</p><p>A: I passed my exam.</p><p>B: Well done!</p><p>A: Hurry up! The taxi’s here. [be quick]</p><p>A: Look out! / Be careful! There’s a car coming.</p><p>A: We need to buy Marta’s birthday present.</p><p>B: Absolutely! What about getting her a scarf? (used when you agree strongly)</p><p>A: I agree. Let’s go shopping this afternoon.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>I agree or I don’t agree [NOT I am agree or I’m not agree].</p><p>24 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>9.1 Choose a word from A opposite to complete the sentences.</p><p>else.1 It’s boring here. Let’s go somewhere</p><p>2 There were 20 people at the lecture.</p><p>3 It’s a lovely photo!</p><p>4 Have you had enough to eat? Would you like anything ?</p><p>5 He said he was a doctor but he’s still a medical student.</p><p>6 The journey takes two hours.</p><p>9.2 Choose the correct answer.</p><p>1 I don’t like skiing and about / anyway / else I’m not free that weekend.</p><p>2 I don’t mind / matter / agree what we do. It’s all the same to me.</p><p>3 It’s up to you / Let’s / I agree invite Rachel to dinner tonight.</p><p>4 Be careful / What a pity / Oh dear in London. There’s lots of traffic there.</p><p>5 I don’t have time to go to the cinema and really / absolutely / anyway I’ve seen that film already.</p><p>9.3 Choose an expression from the box to fit these situations.</p><p>Well done! Oh dear! What a pity!</p><p>Hurry up! It’s up to you. Look out!</p><p>Oh dear! I didn’t get1 3 5that job.</p><p>Do you want to go to2 4 6</p><p>the party or not?</p><p>9.4 Correct the eight mistakes in the dialogue.</p><p>VERA: We need to celebrate. I got a new job!</p><p>LUKE: Well made! done</p><p>How about go out for a meal this evening?</p><p>VERA: Great! Let go to that Italian restaurant. Or do you prefer the Chinese one?</p><p>LUKE: I don’t mind it. I like the Italian one but it’s very expensive.</p><p>VERA: Oh, it isn’t matter.</p><p>LUKE: OK. Why don’t we going to the Italian restaurant and then we could go to the cinema</p><p>afterwards? Your new job needs a special celebration.</p><p>VERA: I’m agree. And I’d love to see that film with George Clooney. Would you?</p><p>LUKE: Absolute!</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 25</p><p>10 Food and drink</p><p>A Everyday food</p><p>Would you like some bread?</p><p>I love sushi because I love rice.</p><p>Pasta is good for you, but don’t eat too much!</p><p>I always put salt on my chips, but not pepper.</p><p>My sister never eats meat or fish. She’s vegetarian.</p><p>Do you take sugar in tea or coffee?</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>Can I have some bread? [NOT Can I have a bread?]</p><p>B Fast food</p><p>I eat hamburgers, hot dogs and pizzas when I don’t</p><p>have much time.</p><p>Fish and chips is popular in Britain, Australia and</p><p>New Zealand.</p><p>Fruit /fruːt/ and vegetables /ˈvedʒtəbəlz/C</p><p>Vegetables are good for you. Fruit is also good for you. (singular, uncountable)</p><p>Vegetables</p><p>carrots beans potatoes tomatoes peas onions /ˈʌnjənz / garlic mushrooms</p><p>Fruit apple</p><p>pineapple</p><p>/ˈpaɪnæpl/</p><p>orange banana pear strawberries/ˈɒrɪndʒ/ grapes/peə/ Common mistakes/ˈstrɔːbrɪz/</p><p>I love fruit [NOT I love fruits].</p><p>D Drinks</p><p>mineral</p><p>water</p><p>tea coffee milk fruit juice beer wine</p><p>Tip</p><p>Go to a supermarket. How many different kinds of food or drink have English names on them?</p><p>Try to learn some of them.</p><p>26 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>10.1 Complete the sentences. Use words from the opposite page.</p><p>Rice1 is popular in Japan.</p><p>2 and are very popular in Italy.</p><p>3 Chips are made from</p><p>4 Many British people eat</p><p>5 Hamburgers are made from</p><p>6 A is a sausage inside a piece of bread.</p><p>10.2 Put these words into two lists: fruit and vegetables.</p><p>beans pineapple grapes onions apple carrot garlic pear mushrooms</p><p>fruit vegetables</p><p>beans</p><p>10.3 Write the names of these fruit and vegetables.</p><p>banana1 3 5</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>10.4 Here are the names of some drinks with the letters mixed up. What are they?</p><p>tea1 eta</p><p>2 rebe</p><p>3 klim</p><p>4 fecofe</p><p>5 rituf eciju</p><p>6 nilemar retaw</p><p>10.5 Choose a, b or c.</p><p>1 Vegetarians do not eat a) vegetables b) meat c) fast food.</p><p>2 Garlic is a kind of a) fruit b) fast food c) vegetable.</p><p>3 You put a) salt b) beer c) sugar in coffee.</p><p>4 Which is correct a) pinapple b) pineapple c) pieapple?</p><p>5 The first sound in onion is the same as the sound in a) fun b) orange c) man.</p><p>6 A pear is a) a drink b) a vegetable c) a fruit.</p><p>10.6 What are your four favourite foods? And your three favourite drinks? Are they good for you?</p><p>Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 27</p><p>11 In the kitchen</p><p>A What’s in the kitchen?</p><p>cupboard shelf</p><p>freezerfridge</p><p>microwave</p><p>tap worktop</p><p>sink</p><p>bin washing machine cooker dishwasher</p><p>B Things we use in the kitchen</p><p>coffee makerteapot</p><p>saucepan</p><p>kitchen roll</p><p>tea towel</p><p>washing-up frying pan cloth</p><p>liquid</p><p>C Things we use for eating and drinking</p><p>chopsticks glassknife</p><p>fork spoon</p><p>cup bowl</p><p>mug</p><p>plate</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>A: Where can I find a mug / a cloth / some kitchen roll? B: They are in the cupboard.</p><p>A: Can I help with the washing-up / cooking? B: Yes, please! You can dry the plates. /</p><p>You can cook some rice.</p><p>A: Where does this cup / plate / frying pan go? B: Put it in this cupboard, please.</p><p>Tip</p><p>Stick labels on objects in your kitchen with their</p><p>English names on them. You will see these every</p><p>day and this will help you to learn the words.</p><p>28 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>11.1 Tick (✓) yes or no. Write sentences for the wrong answers.</p><p>yes no</p><p>1 I use a frying pan to drink out of. ✓ I use a glass / a cup / a mug to drink out of.</p><p>2 You use washing-up liquid to clean plates.</p><p>3 The fridge is cold inside.</p><p>4 The fridge is colder than the freezer.</p><p>5 I turn on the tap to get water.</p><p>6 A tea towel is for making tea.</p><p>11.2 Make questions for these answers. Use words from the opposite page.</p><p>Where’s the coffee?1 It’s in the cupboard.</p><p>2 It’s on the cooker.</p><p>3 Please put them on the worktop.</p><p>4 Thanks. You can wash these plates and I’ll dry them.</p><p>5 In the fridge on the bottom shelf.</p><p>11.3 What do you need?</p><p>a coffee maker, a cup, a spoon.1 To make coffee I need</p><p>2 To make tea I need</p><p>3 To fry something I need</p><p>4 To eat my food I need</p><p>5 To drink some water I need</p><p>6 To cook dinner in two minutes I need</p><p>7 To wash plates, knives and forks I need</p><p>8 To wash my clothes I need</p><p>11.4 Look at the picture. Answer the questions.</p><p>a saucepan1 What’s on the cooker?</p><p>2 What’s on the shelf?</p><p>3 What’s in the cupboard under the shelf?</p><p>4 Where’s the microwave?</p><p>5 What’s next to the sink?</p><p>6 What’s under the sink?</p><p>(See Unit 53: Places.)</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 29</p><p>12 In the bedroom and bathroom</p><p>A Bedroom</p><p>bed bedside lamp alarm clock pyjamas dressing table</p><p>comb</p><p>chest of drawers mirror wardrobe bedside table hairbrush</p><p>B Bathroom</p><p>toothpaste toothbrush shelf</p><p>soap</p><p>basin</p><p>razor</p><p>toilet</p><p>towelshower shampoo shower gel</p><p>C Emma’s routine</p><p>Emma goes to bed at 11 o’clock. She goes upstairs to her bedroom.</p><p>She gets undressed</p><p>and gets into bed.</p><p>She reads</p><p>for a bit.</p><p>She turns off the light and falls asleep.</p><p>She gets up.She wakes up when</p><p>her alarm clock rings.</p><p>She has a shower, cleans her teeth and gets dressed.</p><p>She goes downstairs to the kitchen for breakfast.</p><p>(See Unit 47: Everyday things.)</p><p>30 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>4 5</p><p>2 3 7</p><p>12.1 Look at the picture. 6</p><p>Write the words next</p><p>to the numbers.</p><p>pyjamas1</p><p>10 9 8</p><p>12.2 Write down five more things that you need to take with you if you go to stay with a friend for</p><p>one night.</p><p>toothbrush</p><p>12.3 Look at the pictures. Describe what the people are doing.</p><p>is cleaning her teeth.1 Anne 3 Mrs Park 5 Jaime</p><p>2 Selim and Umit 4 Mr Park 6 Lee</p><p>12.4 What is in your bathroom? Write the things down. Use a dictionary to help you.</p><p>12.5 Are these sentences true about your bedroom?</p><p>If not, change them to make them true.</p><p>1 My bedroom is upstairs. My bedroom is not upstairs. I live in a flat.</p><p>2 My bedroom has one large window.</p><p>3 In my bedroom there is a big bed.</p><p>4 There are two wardrobes, one on the left and one on the right of the room.</p><p>5 I have a small bedside table.</p><p>6 I’ve got a lamp and an alarm clock on my bedside table.</p><p>7 There is a chest of drawers under the window.</p><p>8 I haven’t got a dressing table.</p><p>12.6 Complete this paragraph about your night-time and morning routine.</p><p>goI usually 1 to bed at 2 . I get 3 and 4 into bed.</p><p>I usually read 5 a bit. I turn 6 the light and 7 asleep.</p><p>I 8 up when my alarm clock rings. I get 9 . I have a 10 ,</p><p>11 my teeth and 12 dressed. I go to the kitchen for breakfast.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 31</p><p>13 In the living room</p><p>A Things in the living room</p><p>bookshelf light window curtains</p><p>(bookshelves)</p><p>books lamp</p><p>picture</p><p>light switch</p><p>TV</p><p>hi-fi</p><p>sofa</p><p>table</p><p>socket</p><p>remotephone rugcontrol</p><p>armchair coffee table carpet chair</p><p>B Useful verbs</p><p>Every evening I watch Sometimes I listen to the Sometimes I read a Sometimes I just relax.</p><p>television. radio or listen to music. book. [rest and do nothing]</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>It’s getting dark. Can you OK. And I’ll switch the Thanks. Now can you turn the</p><p>close the curtains, please? light on. radio off? And pass me the remote</p><p>control. I want to turn on the TV.</p><p>There’s a good programme on.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>The furniture in my room is white [NOT The furniture in my room are white].</p><p>32 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>13.1 Write the names of …</p><p>1 somewhere you can put books. a bookshelf</p><p>2 somewhere two or three people can sit.</p><p>3 somewhere you can put down your cup.</p><p>4 something you can look at on the wall.</p><p>5 something for switching the light on or off.</p><p>6 something for listening to music.</p><p>7 something under your feet.</p><p>8 something for changing channels on the TV.</p><p>13.2 Match the words on the left with the words on the right.</p><p>1 switch on the a TV</p><p>2 relax in an b lamp</p><p>3 close the c remote control</p><p>4 pass the d radio</p><p>5 listen to the e armchair</p><p>6 watch f curtains</p><p>13.3 Correct the mistakes in the sentences.</p><p>This evening let’s just relax at home.1 This evening let’s just relax us at home.</p><p>2 I don’t often listen the radio.</p><p>3 We need some more bookshelfs in this room.</p><p>4 I watched at television all evening yesterday.</p><p>5 It’s dark now. Please make the curtains.</p><p>6 Liam has some very nice furnitures in his house.</p><p>Find 10 more words from this unit in the wordsearch.13.4</p><p>F</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>I</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>E</p><p>B</p><p>G</p><p>U</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>A</p><p>M</p><p>P</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>S</p><p>G</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>W</p><p>O</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>C</p><p>K</p><p>K</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>X</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>H</p><p>I</p><p>F</p><p>I</p><p>E</p><p>A</p><p>K</p><p>T</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>R</p><p>P</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>B</p><p>O</p><p>I</p><p>G</p><p>S</p><p>L</p><p>V</p><p>O</p><p>T</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>I</p><p>H</p><p>C</p><p>C</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>I</p><p>N</p><p>S</p><p>A</p><p>F</p><p>I</p><p>I</p><p>R</p><p>P</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>I</p><p>E</p><p>O</p><p>J</p><p>U</p><p>B</p><p>R</p><p>U</p><p>D</p><p>U</p><p>F</p><p>L</p><p>I</p><p>G</p><p>H</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Write about your living room at home. You can draw a plan of it first. What furniture is there in the</p><p>room? What colour are the walls? Are there any pictures on them? What do you do when you are in</p><p>your living room?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 33</p><p>14 Jobs</p><p>A What’s his/her job?</p><p>doctor teacher nurse mechanic</p><p>farmer</p><p>secretary shop assistant hairdresser engineer</p><p>B Jobs in the town</p><p>police officer traffic warden librarian bank clerk /klA:k/</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Sam What’s your job?</p><p>Ben I’m a waiter. I work in a restaurant. What do you do?</p><p>Sam I’m a taxi driver.</p><p>Ben Is it an interesting job?</p><p>Sam Yes, I like it. Where do you work?</p><p>Sophie I work in an office. Sometimes it’s boring.</p><p>My dad works in a factory which makes car parts.</p><p>I worked in a shop at the weekends when I was a student.</p><p>I want to work in a beauty salon as a hairdresser.</p><p>I’d like to work in a children’s hospital.</p><p>I’m a writer. I work at / from home.</p><p>34 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>14.1 Where do they work?</p><p>works in a school / college / university.1 A teacher</p><p>2 A doctor</p><p>3 A waiter</p><p>4 A secretary</p><p>5 A shop assistant</p><p>6 A hairdresser</p><p>14.2 Match the pictures with the jobs in the box.</p><p>nurse farmer secretary taxi driver engineer mechanic</p><p>1 3 5</p><p>farmer</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>14.3 Complete the crossword.</p><p>Across Down</p><p>1 works on a bus 1 works in a hospital</p><p>2 works in a school 2 works in a restaurant</p><p>3 writes books 3 works with the doctor</p><p>1 1</p><p>b u s d r v 3</p><p>3</p><p>2</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>w t r</p><p>14.4 Complete the sentences.</p><p>1 He works in a factory which makes electrical goods.</p><p>2 She’s an . She builds roads and bridges.</p><p>3 The traffic is checking all the parked cars.</p><p>4 The told me to return the book at the end of the month.</p><p>5 The bank changed some money for me.</p><p>6 A police told me the way to the station.</p><p>14.5 Answer the questions for yourself.</p><p>1 What do you do?</p><p>2 Where do you work?</p><p>3 Is it an interesting job?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 35</p><p>15 At school and university</p><p>A Subjects</p><p>English maths history</p><p>geography</p><p>biology</p><p>art</p><p>modernPE (physical languages physics musicICT (information education) chemistry</p><p>communication</p><p>technology)</p><p>B Useful things</p><p>noticeboard notebookboard pencilpiece of paper</p><p>textbook</p><p>drawing pin</p><p>OHP (overhead</p><p>rubber pencilprojector) pen sharpener</p><p>board penboard rubber</p><p>DVD player</p><p>desk</p><p>ruler</p><p>whiteboard computer</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>A maths teacher teaches maths. Her students study maths.</p><p>Children go to school and students go to university.</p><p>At school children learn to read and write.</p><p>Students can do an (English) course in many schools and universities. At the end of a course, you</p><p>often take / do an exam. You hope to pass your exams. You don’t want to fail your exams.</p><p>If you pass your final exams at university, you get a degree.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>After school, students do homework [NOT make homework or do homeworks]. (See Units 40 and 41 for</p><p>more expressions with do and make.)</p><p>36 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>15.1 Match the subject on the left with what you study on the right.</p><p>1 maths a animals and plants</p><p>2 physics b sport</p><p>3 history c 25y + 32x = 51z</p><p>4 geography d E = mc2</p><p>5 PE e H2O</p><p>6 English f the countries of the world</p><p>7 chemistry g the 15th century</p><p>8 biology h computers</p><p>9 ICT i spelling</p><p>15.2 Look at the picture for 30 seconds. Then cover it. How many of the ten objects can you</p><p>remember? Write them down in English.</p><p>15.3 Which of the things in B on the opposite page are in the room where you study English?</p><p>Write them here.</p><p>In the room where I study English I can see</p><p>15.4 Choose a verb from C opposite to fill the gaps below. Put the verb in the correct form.</p><p>learnEthan does well at school. He finds it easy to 1 and he always 2 his</p><p>homework. He usually 3 all his exams. He will 4 his final school exams</p><p>soon. If he 5 , he will 6 to university next year. If he</p><p>7 , he will be very sad. Ethan really wants to 8 geography at university. He</p><p>would also like to 9 a special geology course. His sister is already at university. Next year</p><p>she will 10 her degree and then she will try to find a job.</p><p>15.5 Which are/were your three favourite subjects? Which subjects (if any) do / did you not like?</p><p>Tip</p><p>Draw two columns on a piece of paper. In one column write five words from the opposite page which</p><p>you want to learn. In the second column put a drawing (or a translation or a definition). Cover the</p><p>first column and look at the second column. Can you remember the English words?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 37</p><p>16 Communications</p><p>A Letters</p><p>address</p><p>stamp</p><p>envelopedateletter</p><p>letter box</p><p>Don’t forget to put a stamp on the envelope.</p><p>Don’t forget to post the letters.</p><p>B Email and Internet</p><p>computer screen keyboard mouse laptop memory stick</p><p>Olivia gets a lot of emails from New York.</p><p>You have to be careful what information you give people online.</p><p>What’s your email address? Moll@cup.com (= Moll at C-U-P dot com /kɒm/)</p><p>C Telephones and mobile devices</p><p>mobile device mobile telephone phone box</p><p>Juan makes a lot of phone calls. He phones his girlfriend every day.</p><p>I always take my smartphone with me. I never turn it off.</p><p>What’s your phone number? What’s your mobile number?</p><p>066530718 (= oh six six five three oh seven one</p><p>eight / oh</p><p>double six five ...)</p><p>He’s not answering his phone. I’ll leave a voicemail and I’ll</p><p>text him / send him a text (message).</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>Sue Hello.</p><p>Nick Hello. It’s Nick here. Can I speak to Ahmed, please? Tip</p><p>Sue I’m sorry, he’s not here at the moment. Can I take a message?</p><p>Use a search engine to find an</p><p>Nick Thanks. Could you just tell him I called. I’ll call back later. example of a letter and an email</p><p>in English. Write down any usefulSue OK. I’ll tell him. Goodbye.</p><p>words or phrases in them.</p><p>Nick Bye.</p><p>38 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>mailto:Moll@cup.com</p><p>Exercises</p><p>16.1 Have you got any of the things on the opposite page? Make a list.</p><p>mobile</p><p>16.2 What are the names of these things?</p><p>1 2 3 4 5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8 9 10 11 12</p><p>keyboard1 4 7 10</p><p>2 5 8 11</p><p>3 6 9 12</p><p>16.3 Complete this phone conversation.</p><p>AMELIA: Hello.</p><p>It’sMEENA: Hello. 1 Meena here. Can I 2 to Amal, please?</p><p>AMELIA: I’m 3 , he’s at work 4 the moment. Can I 5</p><p>a message?</p><p>MEENA: It’s all right. I’ll 6 back later.</p><p>AMELIA: OK, then. Bye.</p><p>MEENA: Bye.</p><p>16.4 Write down:</p><p>1 two telephone numbers that are important to you.</p><p>2 two email addresses that are important to you.</p><p>Now read them aloud.</p><p>16.5 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 Do you prefer to text or phone your friends?</p><p>2 Do you send more emails or more text messages?</p><p>3 How often do you go online?</p><p>4 Do you prefer to use a laptop or a mobile device?</p><p>5 Do you often write letters?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 39</p><p>17 Your phone</p><p>A Parts of a phone</p><p>camera</p><p>battery</p><p>screen phone case</p><p>apps</p><p>power button</p><p>charger</p><p>SIM card</p><p>B Using a smartphone</p><p>Ramesh takes a lot of selfies and posts them online.</p><p>Lisa didn’t answer her phone, so I left a voicemail.</p><p>Can you text me the address of the restaurant? I haven’t been there before.</p><p>I’ve just got a message from Andy. He wants to know if we’re going to</p><p>the party.</p><p>You can download an app with a dictionary to help you when you write</p><p>selfiein English.</p><p>While she was on holiday, Kelly called her family every day.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Amy Can you read that message on my phone, please? My hands are wet.</p><p>Claire It’s locked. What’s the PIN?</p><p>Amy You don’t need a PIN to unlock it. Just swipe the screen left to right.</p><p>PIN</p><p>swipe save</p><p>Tim I can’t save any new photos.</p><p>Emily Your phone memory is full. You need to delete some photos and messages. delete</p><p>40 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>17.1 Match the things on your phone with what they do.</p><p>1 camera a stores the information you need to use your phone</p><p>2 SIM card b covers the phone</p><p>3 screen c starts the phone</p><p>4 phone case d takes photos</p><p>5 power button e shows pictures and words</p><p>17.2 Choose the right words to complete these sentences.</p><p>1 Tanya has a new app / battery for texting on the Internet.</p><p>2 When your phone’s battery is low, you need a charger / camera.</p><p>3 You can use my phone to voicemail / call Megan.</p><p>4 Danny’s new phone has a great screen / camera. It takes amazing photos.</p><p>5 I bought a new battery / SIM card in France, so that it was cheaper to call and use the Internet.</p><p>6 I want to buy a new phone case / app. This one is old and dirty.</p><p>17.3 Complete these sentences with words from B.</p><p>texted1 Maria me last night, but I didn’t see her message until this morning.</p><p>2 Carlos a lot of photos of his new dog and puts them on Facebook.</p><p>3 What was the last app that you ?</p><p>4 Lucy her sister. They talked about their holiday at the beach.</p><p>5 Victor me a voicemail. He asked me to call him back.</p><p>17.4 Complete the conversation with words from C.</p><p>DEEPA: Can I look at your photos from the concert?</p><p>unlockIREENA: Sure. Here’s my phone. Let me just put in the PIN to 1 it.</p><p>DEEPA: That’s a great one! Do I 2 right to see the next photo?</p><p>IREENA: Yes, that’s right.</p><p>DEEPA: Did you delete the ones from the restaurant?</p><p>IREENA: No, I 3 them in a different folder. Here they are.</p><p>17.5 Over to you</p><p>Answer these questions for yourself.</p><p>1 Do you use a PIN to lock your phone?</p><p>2 Do you have a phone case? What does it look like?</p><p>3 What apps do you use most often?</p><p>4 Do you save all the photos you take, or do you delete some of them?</p><p>5 Have you taken a selfie recently?</p><p>6 Do you prefer to call or text people? Why?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 41</p><p>18 Holidays</p><p>A Holiday (noun)</p><p>We had a lovely holiday in Egypt in 2014.</p><p>I’m not working next week. I’m on holiday.</p><p>Are you going on holiday this summer?</p><p>B Types of holidays</p><p>We’re going on a package holiday to Hong Kong. [flights and hotel are included]</p><p>We’re going to have a winter holiday this year.</p><p>I want to go camping this year. [sleep in a tent]</p><p>I’m going on a walking holiday in the Alps.</p><p>A coach tour is an easy way to go on holiday. [travelling in a comfortable bus]</p><p>C Transport</p><p>by plane by train by car by ferry by coach</p><p>D Don’t forget to take …</p><p>your passport (if you are going to another country)</p><p>a visa [a stamp that you need in your passport to go to some countries]</p><p>your tickets</p><p>some currency [money of the country you are going to]</p><p>a camera</p><p>your luggage /ˈlʌgɪdʒ/ (e.g. a suitcase or a rucksack)</p><p>passport ticket currency camera suitcase rucksack</p><p>E Expressions</p><p>A Are you flying to France from England?</p><p>B No, we’re going by ferry.</p><p>A What are you going to do in Madrid?</p><p>B We want to try the local food and enjoy the nightlife [clubs, etc.].</p><p>A Have a great time! And send me a postcard!</p><p>(See Unit 32: Travelling and Unit 49: Moving for more words about travel.)</p><p>42 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>18.1 Complete the sentences.</p><p>on1 A: Are you working on Monday? B: No, I’m holiday.</p><p>2 A: Are you on holiday this year? B: Yes, I’m going camping.</p><p>3 A: Did you have a good in Greece? B: Yes, it was wonderful.</p><p>4 A: Are you flying to Italy? B: No, I’m going train.</p><p>5 A: I’m going to New York next week. B: Great! Please me a postcard.</p><p>18.2 What type of holiday is each person talking about?</p><p>camping1 It was fun but the tent was very small.</p><p>2 Everything was included - hotels and flights.</p><p>3 We were on the coach for seven days. I was very tired.</p><p>4 We walked about 20 kilometres every day.</p><p>5 We went to Switzerland in December. There was a lot of snow.</p><p>18.3 Look at the different ways of travelling. Put one tick (✓) for sometimes true, two ticks for often</p><p>true and three ticks for always true.</p><p>you can take a lot very fast cheap you see a lot as relaxing</p><p>of luggage you travel</p><p>ferry</p><p>car ✓✓✓</p><p>plane</p><p>18.4 Write the names of these things you need for a holiday.</p><p>1 currency 3 5</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>18.5 What do we call:</p><p>1 something you take photos with? a c amera</p><p>2 a special stamp in your passport to enter a country? a v</p><p>3 something you fly in? a p</p><p>4 something that you carry things on your back in? a r</p><p>5 what people carry their clothes in when they go on holiday? a s</p><p>Fill the gaps in this email.18.6</p><p>timeI’m having a great1 here in Spain. The2 is great - the clubs</p><p>are open all night. The3 food is very good - lots of sh and salads. Please send me a</p><p>4 from your holiday in Italy.</p><p>Love</p><p>Alex</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 43</p><p>19 Shops and shopping</p><p>A Kinds of shops</p><p>butcher* post office supermarket bookshop baker*</p><p>department store chemist* newsagent* gift shop</p><p>* These words are also for people’s jobs. We often add ’s and say: I’m going to the newsagent’s to get</p><p>a paper. Do you want anything from the butcher’s?</p><p>B In the department store</p><p>Fourth floor z ToysA department store is a large z Restaurant</p><p>shop which sells a lot of different</p><p>Third floor z Furniturethings - clothes, beauty products,</p><p>toys, etc. Second floor z Men’s Wear</p><p>z Children’s Department</p><p>First floor z Women’s Wear</p><p>Ground Floor z Beauty</p><p>Basement z Electricals</p><p>z Food</p><p>C Signs in shops</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>Shop assistant Can I help you?</p><p>Customer Can I try this shirt on? (goes and tries it on) Have you got a bigger / smaller size / a different colour?</p><p>Shop assistant No, I’m sorry. That’s the only one.</p><p>Customer OK. I’ll take it. How much does it cost?</p><p>Shop assistant £22.</p><p>Customer Can I pay by cheque?</p><p>Shop assistant No, credit card, debit card or cash, please.</p><p>Customer Sorry, I only have a</p><p>£50 note. I don’t have any change [coins or smaller notes].</p><p>Shop assistant That’s OK. Here’s your receipt. Would you like a (carrier) bag?</p><p>44 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>19.1 Match the item with the shop.</p><p>toy shop butcher chemist baker gift shop newsagent</p><p>531</p><p>sausages souveniraspirin</p><p>T-shirt</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>beach</p><p>ball</p><p>breadgreeting cards</p><p>19.2 Where do you need to go?</p><p>1 I want to get a newspaper. the newsagent</p><p>2 I’d like to buy food for a week.</p><p>3 I need some stamps.</p><p>4 We must get Michael a present.</p><p>5 I’d like to buy a book.</p><p>6 I want to buy some clothes for myself and my children in one shop.</p><p>19.3 Look at the department store plan in B opposite. Which floor will you go to buy:</p><p>third floor1 an armchair? 6 some baby clothes?</p><p>2 lipstick? 7 a tie?</p><p>3 a cup of tea? 8 a TV?</p><p>4 a packet of tea? 9 a bed?</p><p>5 a skirt? 10 a doll?</p><p>19.4 Write the words for these definitions.</p><p>1 a person who sells things in a shop shop assistant 4 ‘plastic money’</p><p>2 money (not a cheque or credit/debit card) 5 coins or small notes</p><p>3 a piece of paper that is worth £20</p><p>Now write definitions in English for these words/phrases.</p><p>6 a butcher’s 8 a newsagent’s</p><p>7 the first floor 9 the basement</p><p>19.5 Which sign tells you ...</p><p>1 that you can give the money for the things you are buying here? Cash desk</p><p>2 that you can’t go into the shop?</p><p>3 that the door will open towards you?</p><p>4 that the door will open away from you?</p><p>5 that you can go into the shop?</p><p>19.6 Fill the gaps in the dialogue.</p><p>CUSTOMER: How much does this jacket 1 ?</p><p>SHOP ASSISTANT: £50.</p><p>CUSTOMER: I’ll take it, please. Can I 2 by credit card?</p><p>SHOP ASSISTANT: Certainly. I’ll put your receipt in the 3 .</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 45</p><p>20 Online shopping</p><p>A Buying something</p><p>WOMEN MEN CHILDREN SALE Your basket (0)</p><p>Search products</p><p>SHOP BY PRODUCT</p><p>Cotton T-shirtT-shirts and tops</p><p>Colour: White Blue</p><p>Jumpers Red</p><p>Trousers and jeans Size: Small Medium</p><p>Shoes and boots Large</p><p>Price: £6.99Jackets and coats</p><p>Delivery options:</p><p>Free Delivery (3-5 days)</p><p>Next Day Delivery (delivery</p><p>on 16 November) £5.99</p><p>Add to basketH H H H H</p><p>Read the reviews Today’s Date: 15 November</p><p>B Your order</p><p>Delivery Address CHECKOUTDelete this item</p><p>Name : Bernard Taylor</p><p>House number : 145Your Order</p><p>Street : Shaftesbury RoadOrder Number: 5624890</p><p>Items: 2 T-shirts City : Cambridge</p><p>Size: Small Post code : CB2 8RU</p><p>Colour: White Country : UK</p><p>Total: £13.98</p><p>Phone number : 01223 238331Free delivery (3-5 days)</p><p>Email : btaylor@inuse.com</p><p>Language help</p><p>1A post code (zip code in the US) is a long number at the</p><p>end of an address. In the UK, it also contains letters 2</p><p>(e.g. BA1 1LZ). A US zip code looks like this: 10509.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>1 Lisa likes to shop online because it’s quick and easy.</p><p>3 42 Most people pay for their online shopping with credit cards.</p><p>3 Reading online reviews can help you choose what to buy.</p><p>4 If you are not at home to receive the delivery, we will take</p><p>it to the post office.</p><p>46 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>mailto:btaylor@inuse.com</p><p>Exercises</p><p>20.1 Match the words from A and B with the examples on the right.</p><p>1 size a MR12 6QA</p><p>2 price b MasterCard</p><p>3 delivery address c 8167990012</p><p>4 post code d small</p><p>5 credit card e £12.89</p><p>6 order number f 7 Park Lane, Bristol</p><p>20.2 Choose the right word to complete these sentences.</p><p>1 When you shop online, you can search for / collect the best price.</p><p>2 You can read sizes / reviews from other people who bought the same thing.</p><p>3 If you want to buy something, add / deliver it to your basket.</p><p>4 If you don’t want to buy something that is in your basket, you can delete / order it.</p><p>5 Don’t forget to check how much you will pay for delivery / order number.</p><p>6 You can use your credit card / post code to pay for your shopping.</p><p>20.3 Complete the dialogue with the words below.</p><p>next day post code delivery order number</p><p>deliveryTOM: I’m waiting for a 1 of apair of shoes.</p><p>CUSTOMER CARE: What’s your 2 ?</p><p>TOM: It’s G99215540000Z.</p><p>CUSTOMER CARE: And what’s your address and 3 ?</p><p>TOM: 31 Mill Road, WC2 5SN. I bought them yesterday and</p><p>I paid £5 for 4 delivery. Will they be here today?</p><p>CUSTOMER CARE: I’m sorry. We’re very busy. Your order will be</p><p>delivered tomorrow.</p><p>20.4 Put these steps of buying a computer online in the correct order.</p><p>F1 2 3 4 5 6</p><p>A Wait at home for the delivery</p><p>B Add the computer to your basket</p><p>C Choose next day delivery</p><p>D Pay with a credit card</p><p>E Search for a website which sells the computer you want</p><p>F Read online reviews and choose which computer you want to buy</p><p>20.5 Over to you</p><p>Answer these questions.</p><p>1 Do people often shop online in your country?</p><p>2 Have you ever bought things online? If yes, what did you buy?</p><p>3 Do you usually read the reviews before you buy something?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 47</p><p>21 In a hotel</p><p>A Places and things in the hotel</p><p>formreception lift</p><p>key</p><p>bathroom shower TV</p><p>luggage phonebill</p><p>mini-bar hairdryer</p><p>B Expressions in reception</p><p>Do you have a single room [for one person] / a double room [for two people]?</p><p>I have a reservation. [I booked a room] My name is …</p><p>We’d like a room with a view of the sea.</p><p>The receptionist may say:</p><p>Here is your key.</p><p>Your room is on the first floor. Take the lift. It’s over there.</p><p>Would you like some help with your luggage?</p><p>Can you fill in this form, please?</p><p>Sign (your name) here, please. [write your name]</p><p>Please check your bill [make sure it is correct].</p><p>When you leave you say:</p><p>Can I check out, please?</p><p>Can I have the bill, please?</p><p>Asking questions about hotel servicesC</p><p>How much is a single room with a bathroom?</p><p>Can I order room service?</p><p>How do I get an outside line? (You want to phone someone who is not in the hotel.)</p><p>What is the code for Poland?</p><p>Can I have breakfast in my room, please?</p><p>Can I have a wake-up call at 6.30, please? (You want to wake up at 6.30.)</p><p>What time is breakfast / lunch / dinner?</p><p>Can I (ex)change some money, please?</p><p>48 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>21.1 Look at the pictures and complete the dialogue with words from the opposite page.</p><p>1 doubleCUSTOMER: Can I have a room for tonight, please?</p><p>2RECEPTIONIST: Would you like a room with a ?</p><p>3CUSTOMER: Yes, please. And with a , please.</p><p>4RECEPTIONIST: All our rooms have a TV, a and a</p><p>5 . I can give you room 25. It has a view of the</p><p>6 7. Here is your . The</p><p>8 is over there. The room’s on the second floor.</p><p>21.2 Match what you want on the left with what you need on the right.</p><p>You want: You need:</p><p>1 to have a drink in your room a the lift</p><p>2 to go to the top floor b an outside line</p><p>3 to open your door c a shower</p><p>4 to get up at 6 am d a mini-bar</p><p>5 to phone your country e a hairdryer</p><p>6 to watch the news f a wake-up call</p><p>7 to wash your hair g a TV</p><p>8 to dry your hair h a key</p><p>21.3 Choose the right words to complete these sentences.</p><p>1 At reception / reservation you can order room / lift service.</p><p>2 We’d like a two / double room with a view / see of the garden, please.</p><p>3 The lift is after / over there. Take it to the second floor / room.</p><p>4 Please fill / write in this form / bill.</p><p>5 I’d like a sit-up / wake-up call at 7.30 and I’d like to make / have breakfast in my room, please.</p><p>6 I have a luggage / reservation for a single / one room with a bathroom.</p><p>7 Can I cash / have the bill, please? I’ll check / change it now.</p><p>8 I’m leaving today. Can I exchange / order some dollars here before I pay / check out?</p><p>21.4 Write down questions that you can ask in a hotel beginning: Can I �� ? Use these words.</p><p>wake-up call Can I have a wake-up call, please?</p><p>breakfast in my room bill double room luggage</p><p>21.5 Answer the questions.</p><p>1 How much does a hotel room cost in the capital of your country?</p><p>2 What is the code for Britain if you phone from your country?</p><p>3 What time is breakfast usually in a hotel in your country?</p><p>4 Is it most important for you to have a hairdryer, a TV or a mini-bar in a hotel room?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 49</p><p>22 Eating out</p><p>A Places where you can eat</p><p>café: you can have a cup of tea / coffee and a snack there (e.g. a sandwich or a cake). They</p><p>sometimes serve meals</p><p>too (e.g. lunch, dinner).</p><p>restaurant: you go there for a meal; more expensive than a café.</p><p>bar / pub: bars and pubs serve alcohol and soft drinks [non-alcoholic drinks, e.g. fruit juice]; you can</p><p>usually have a meal or a snack there too.</p><p>fast food restaurant: you can get a quick hot meal there, for example burger and chips.</p><p>take-away: you buy a snack or a meal there and take it home to eat.</p><p>B In a restaurant Menu</p><p>STARTERS</p><p>Soup of the day (v)</p><p>Mixed salad (v)</p><p>MAIN COURSES</p><p>Steak with chips or new potatoes</p><p>Fish and chips</p><p>Vegetable curry (v)</p><p>Salmon fillet with green beans</p><p>Burger with chips and mushrooms</p><p>DESSERTS</p><p>Chocolate ice cream</p><p>Apple pie</p><p>Fruit salad</p><p>(v = vegetarian)</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>Waiter Are you ready to order?</p><p>Customer Yes, I’d like the steak, please.</p><p>Waiter Would you like it with chips or new potatoes?</p><p>Customer With chips, please.</p><p>Waiter How would you like your steak - rare, medium or well-done?</p><p>Customer Well-done, please.</p><p>Waiter And what would you like to drink?</p><p>Customer I’ll have a coke, please.</p><p>(later)</p><p>Waiter Is everything all right?</p><p>Customer Thank you, it’s delicious. [very good]</p><p>(later)</p><p>Customer Could I have the bill, please?</p><p>Waiter Yes, of course.</p><p>50 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>22.1 Look at A opposite. Where would you go to …</p><p>a take-away1 buy a meal and take it home to eat?</p><p>2 have a romantic dinner for two?</p><p>3 eat a quick lunch?</p><p>4 have a cake and a cup of coffee?</p><p>5 drink a glass of wine with friends?</p><p>22.2 Write down the name of a place of this type in your town.</p><p>McDonald’s1 fast food restaurant:</p><p>2 café:</p><p>3 take-away:</p><p>4 restaurant:</p><p>5 bar:</p><p>22.3 Choose one of the words in the box which can go with each of the words in each group.</p><p>steak curry pie soup salad</p><p>soup1 You can have tomato / vegetable / chicken as a starter.</p><p>2 I’d like the beef / chicken / vegetable as a main course.</p><p>3 I’ll have the mixed / tomato / fruit</p><p>4 Can I have the apple / chicken , please.</p><p>5 Do you like your well-done, medium or rare?</p><p>22.4 Correct the six mistakes in this dialogue.</p><p>WAITER: Are you ready for order? to</p><p>CUSTOMER: Yes. I like vegetable soup and steak, please.</p><p>WAITER: What would you like your steak? Rare, medium or done good?</p><p>CUSTOMER: Rare, please.</p><p>WAITER: What you would like to drink?</p><p>CUSTOMER: A orange juice, please.</p><p>22.5 Cover the menu opposite. Write the food you can remember. Look at the menu again and check</p><p>your answers.</p><p>22.6 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 What would you choose to eat from the menu opposite?</p><p>2 What can vegetarians eat from the menu?</p><p>3 Do you like eating out?</p><p>4 How often do you go to a restaurant?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Sometimes restaurants in other countries have English menus for tourists. Look at one of these.</p><p>Write down any useful words you find.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 51</p><p>23 Sports</p><p>A Ball games</p><p>We play all these sports.</p><p>football rugby American football basketball badminton</p><p>baseball tennis volleyball table tennis</p><p>B Other popular sports</p><p>running</p><p>sailing</p><p>motor racing</p><p>swimming</p><p>kayaking</p><p>judo / karate skiing</p><p>horse racing snowboarding</p><p>We can use go with all the sports listed in B, apart from judo and karate. I go running every</p><p>day. I went skiing last year. We use do with judo and karate. She does judo.</p><p>(See Unit 39: Go / went / gone.)</p><p>C Where we do sports</p><p>We play tennis / badminton / volleyball / basketball on a tennis / badminton / volleyball /</p><p>basketball court.</p><p>We play football / rugby on a football / rugby pitch.</p><p>We swim in a swimming pool.</p><p>Many towns have a sports centre - you can do lots of different sports there.</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>Do you do any sports?</p><p>Yes, I go swimming / running / sailing / kayaking.</p><p>Do you play football / tennis / badminton?</p><p>I play tennis. Which sports do you play?</p><p>What’s your favourite sport?</p><p>I like motor racing best.</p><p>52 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>23.1 Cover the opposite page. What are these sports?</p><p>rugby1 3 5</p><p>2 4 6</p><p>23.2 Which sports use these things?</p><p>kayaking1 3 5 7</p><p>2 4 6 8</p><p>23.3 Ask questions for these answers.</p><p>Where do people play tennis?1</p><p>On a tennis court.</p><p>2 Do you</p><p>Yes, but only American football.</p><p>3</p><p>No, I don’t do any at all. I prefer watching TV.</p><p>4 Do you</p><p>Yes, I go to the swimming pool every Friday.</p><p>5 What</p><p>I like running best.</p><p>6 Where</p><p>On a rugby pitch.</p><p>23.4 Look at the different sports in this unit.</p><p>1 Write the names of the sports you have done.</p><p>2 Where did you do them?</p><p>3 Which ones do you like?</p><p>4 Which do you not like?</p><p>5 Which ones would you like to do?</p><p>Over to you</p><p>Make a page in your vocabulary book for ‘sports’. Look at the sports pages of an English-language</p><p>newspaper. Write down the names of sports you do not know. Look them up in a dictionary.</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 53</p><p>24 Cinema</p><p>A Types of films</p><p>a western a cartoon a horror film a comedy a thriller</p><p>an action film a science fiction film a musical a romantic comedy</p><p>B People in films</p><p>Monica Bellucci is a film star.</p><p>She was in the new James Bond film.</p><p>Daniel Radcliffe played Harry Potter in</p><p>the Harry Potter films.</p><p>I like films by Italian directors.</p><p>C Expressions</p><p>A Have you seen the latest James Bond film?</p><p>B Yes, I saw it on TV.</p><p>Common mistakes</p><p>A Did you like the new Batman film?</p><p>What’s on at the cinema this week? [NOT What’s on</p><p>B Yes, I loved it / enjoyed it. the cinema this week?]</p><p>No, it was boring.</p><p>There’s a comedy with Jennifer Aniston.</p><p>A Do you like westerns?</p><p>B No, I like science fiction films best. Common mistakes</p><p>A The best action film I’ve seen was Jason Bourne with Matt Damon. Do you go to the cinema often?</p><p>[NOT Do you go to cinema often?]B If I see a horror film, I can’t sleep.</p><p>Yes, I go every week.</p><p>No, I watch DVDs at home.</p><p>54 English Vocabulary in Use Elementary</p><p>Exercises</p><p>24.1 What types of films are these?</p><p>1 Some cowboys rob a train. western</p><p>2 A flying saucer lands from Mars.</p><p>3 A dead person comes back to life.</p><p>4 James Bond saves the world.</p><p>5 Mickey Mouse goes on a picnic.</p><p>6 A man falls in love with his teacher.</p><p>7 A dead body is found in the river.</p><p>8 There are lots of songs and dancing.</p><p>24.2 Write the name of a film of each type.</p><p>Interstellar1 science fiction</p><p>2 romantic comedy</p><p>3 thriller</p><p>4 western</p><p>5 musical</p><p>6 cartoon</p><p>24.3 Word puzzle. Can you make words for other types of films with the letters of ROMANTIC?</p><p>RT H R I L L E</p><p>O R</p><p>C M Y</p><p>A T N</p><p>S N C F N</p><p>W T N</p><p>M I C L</p><p>C A O O</p><p>24.4 Fill the gaps in these sentences.</p><p>1 Do you prefer going to the cinema or watching TV?</p><p>2 We a DVD last night.</p><p>3 Who James Bond in Skyfall?</p><p>4 Was Rachel Weisz The Constant Gardener?</p><p>5 Lots of big live in Hollywood.</p><p>6 Steven Spielberg is a famous American film</p><p>24.5 Answer these questions.</p><p>1 What is your favourite type of film?</p><p>2 Who is your favourite film star?</p><p>3 Do you prefer going to the cinema or watching DVDs?</p><p>4 What was the last film you saw?</p><p>5 How can you find out what is on at the cinema where you live or study?</p><p>English Vocabulary in Use Elementary 55</p><p>25 Free time at home</p><p>A TV, radio, music, film</p><p>I watch TV every evening.</p><p>Did you watch / see the film about President Kennedy?</p><p>What programmes do you like best on TV and radio?</p><p>I like watching films on TV. (You can also say: I like to watch …)</p><p>At the weekend, we usually watch a DVD.</p><p>I like listening to music on the radio. (You can also say: I like to</p><p>listen …)</p><p>I often listen to music on my phone when I’m relaxing.</p><p>I need some new headphones for my phone.</p><p>B Hobbies</p><p>A lot of young people play video games every day.</p><p>I download music and films from the Internet.</p><p>I chat to my friends online every evening.</p><p>I really like cooking.</p><p>Do you like gardening? /ˈgɑːdnɪŋ/</p><p>We grow flowers and vegetables in our garden.</p><p>C Reading</p><p>I read a lot at home.</p><p>What do you read?</p><p>I read novels [long stories]. My sister likes comics.</p><p>I like books about nature and different countries.</p><p>I like magazines about music and sport.</p><p>Do you read a newspaper every day?</p><p>D Expressions</p><p>We sometimes have friends round</p><p>[we ask them to come to our house / flat].</p><p>I often have friends to dinner.</p><p>My best friend comes to stay sometimes.</p><p>[sleeps in my house / flat]</p><p>I talk to</p>
d) Registre os valores aproximados das frequências dos três picos na Tabela 3.
e) Compare o espectro obtido no simulador, assim como os valores das frequências, com o espectro do conjunto sem defeito na engrenagem. Identifique as diferenças entre eles.
f) Conclua a respeito do comportamento do espectro obtido pelo conjunto com engrenagem defeituosa e explique de maneira sucinta como a análise de espectro vibracional é conduzida para identificação de
ETAPA 2 Para dar continuidade na análise de vibrações do sistema, você precisará fazer a modelagem matemática para encontrar os resultados necessários. Para isso, considere a massa do sistema em análi
a) Faça o modelo massa-mola-amortecedor que pode representar o sistema em estudo.
b) Qual a frequência natural do sistema em rpm?
b) Qual a frequência natural do sistema em rpm?
b) Qual a frequência natural do sistema em rpm?
a) Faça o modelo massa-mola-amortecedor que pode representar o sistema em estudo.
a) Faça o modelo massa-mola-amortecedor que pode representar o sistema em estudo.
ETAPA 2 Para dar continuidade na análise de vibrações do sistema, você precisará fazer a modelagem matemática para encontrar os resultados necessários. Para isso, considere a massa do sistema em análi
ETAPA 2 Para dar continuidade na análise de vibrações do sistema, você precisará fazer a modelagem matemática para encontrar os resultados necessários. Para isso, considere a massa do sistema em análi
f) Conclua a respeito do comportamento do espectro obtido pelo conjunto com engrenagem defeituosa e explique de maneira sucinta como a análise de espectro vibracional é conduzida para identificação de
grupos de pessoas formadas com objetivo de formar alianças estrategicas nas organizações. nesse tipo de grupo existe pacto ou acordo entre os parti...
A LDB dá direito ao presidiário de continuar seus estudos. E com isso eles adquirem certas vantagens em dar continuidade aos estudos. Estudando el...
Assinale a alternativa que melhor preenche a Pode sensitividade como estudo da transformação da composição da estrutura e da propriedade da maté...
Maria, uma estudante de jornalismo, está aprendendo sobre a história do rádio. Ela ficou fascinada ao descobrir como o rádio evoluiu ao longo do te...
As terminologias se modificam de acordo com O contexto histórico e são carregadas de significados sociais. É correto afirmar que a terminologia atu...
Marque a resposta certa de acordo com o PCNEM: Contextualizar o conteúdo nas aulas com os alunos significa segundamente assumir que todo conhecime...
Define the role of “tense” in English
realidade virtual (VR) e a realidade aumentada (AR) são apontadas como ferramentas promissoras na educação digital. Em relação ao ensino de alunos ...
Qual das alternativas a seguir É um exemplo de extinção? Escolha uma opção: a. Toda vez que a criança ia ao shopping e pedia um brinquedo os pais ...
E) Apenas III, IV. Questão 7: O professor não diretivo acredita que o aluno aprende por si mesmo. Ele pode, no máximo, auxiliar a aprendizagem d...
O que faz um fisioterapeuta na educação? Questão 9Resposta A. O fisioterapeuta busca através de sua visão global e de seus conhecimentos a respeit...
A brinquedoteca é um recurso ludopedagógico muito importante, utilizado pelo pedagogo. Para a criança, o brincar traz satisfação e felicidade, mas ...
obre os conceitos de punição positiva e negativa é correto afirmar que: Escolha uma opção: a. Possuem efeito imediato e temporário b. A punição po...
LINGUA INGLESA ESTRUTA SINTÁTICA
Livro 2 - workboook
Perguntas dessa disciplina

Grátis
What are the Adjetivos Possessivos for the following pronouns in English: meu, meus My
n which paragraph does the author… explain how one can access the Promenade Plantée?
ESTÁCIO
Complete as frases abaixo para o verbo To Be no presente (forma afirmativa).a) You doctors.b) Peter a reporter.c) Fred and Jim talk show host...
Escreva algumas informações sobre você usando o verbo To Be no presente. Diga: Seu nome; sua profissão; suas características físicas e de personali...
Situação: Alyssa entra em uma loja de roupas e conversa com a vendedora (Claire) Alyssa: Good morning, could I see this blouse, please?Claire: Of...
1 English Vocabulary In Use Elementary Cambridge - Third Edition - Inglês (2025)

ESTÁCIO

Perguntas dessa disciplina
